{"title":"Small Parts Storage Systems - Mobile Storage Units - Container \u0026 Parts Trolleys - Order Picking \u0026 Shelf Trolleys - 2 Shelf Trolleys","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"fully-welded-stainless-steel-trolley-2-levels-c3-650-x-440-x-900-mm","title":"Vollständig verschweißter Wagen aus Edelstahl – 2 Ebenen – C3 – 650 × 440 × 900 mm","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"139\" data-end=\"324\"\u003eThis \u003cstrong data-start=\"144\" data-end=\"205\"\u003efully welded 2-level stainless steel trolley (C3 quality)\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed for demanding professional environments where strength, hygiene, and corrosion resistance are essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"326\" data-end=\"609\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong data-start=\"330\" data-end=\"359\"\u003efully welded construction\u003c\/strong\u003e ensures maximum stability and long service life, making the trolley ideal for kitchens, laboratories, healthcare facilities, and food preparation areas. Its smooth stainless steel surfaces are easy to wipe clean, supporting high hygiene standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"611\" data-end=\"824\"\u003eManufactured in \u003cstrong data-start=\"627\" data-end=\"672\"\u003eC3 stainless steel (EN 1.4301 \/ AISI 304)\u003c\/strong\u003e, the trolley offers enhanced resistance to moisture and corrosion compared to standard grades. Delivered fully assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"826\" data-end=\"829\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-start=\"831\" data-end=\"851\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"835\" data-end=\"851\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"853\" data-end=\"1117\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"853\" data-end=\"898\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"855\" data-end=\"898\"\u003eFully welded stainless steel construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"899\" data-end=\"919\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"901\" data-end=\"919\"\u003e2 sturdy shelves\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"920\" data-end=\"970\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"922\" data-end=\"970\"\u003eC3 stainless steel (high corrosion resistance)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"971\" data-end=\"1005\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"973\" data-end=\"1005\"\u003eSmooth, easy-to-clean surfaces\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1006\" data-end=\"1035\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1008\" data-end=\"1035\"\u003eStable and durable design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1036\" data-end=\"1087\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1038\" data-end=\"1087\"\u003eSuitable for professional hygienic environments\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1088\" data-end=\"1117\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1090\" data-end=\"1117\"\u003eDelivered fully assembled\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"1119\" data-end=\"1122\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-start=\"1124\" data-end=\"1156\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1128\" data-end=\"1156\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"1158\" data-end=\"1242\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1158\" data-end=\"1208\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1160\" data-end=\"1208\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1160\" data-end=\"1187\"\u003eDimensions (L × W × H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 650 × 440 × 900 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1209\" data-end=\"1242\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1211\" data-end=\"1242\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1211\" data-end=\"1224\"\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1244\" data-end=\"1305\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1244\" data-end=\"1303\"\u003eStainless Steel Classification (according to ISO 9223):\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"1306\" data-end=\"1379\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1306\" data-end=\"1340\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1308\" data-end=\"1340\"\u003eC2 – EN 1.4372, AISI 201, 18\/0\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1341\" data-end=\"1379\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1343\" data-end=\"1379\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1343\" data-end=\"1377\"\u003eC3 – EN 1.4301, AISI 304, 18\/8\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis 2-level trolley measures 650 × 440 × 900 mm (L × W × H) and is supplied fully assembled by AB Handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is manufactured from C3 grade stainless steel (EN 1.4301 \/ AISI 304) with fully welded construction for corrosion resistance and stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeaturing smooth, easy-to-clean surfaces, it is designed for hygienic environments including kitchens, laboratories, healthcare facilities, and food preparation areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley measures 650 mm in length, 440 mm in width, and 900 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat grade of stainless steel is used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made from C3 grade stainless steel (EN 1.4301 \/ AISI 304, 18\/8) for high resistance to moisture and corrosion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it features a fully welded construction and is delivered fully assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhere can this stainless steel trolley be used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for professional hygienic settings such as kitchens, laboratories, healthcare facilities, and food preparation areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley measures 650 mm in length, 440 mm in width, and 900 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat grade of stainless steel is used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made from C3 grade stainless steel (EN 1.4301 \/ AISI 304, 18\/8) for high resistance to moisture and corrosion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it features a fully welded construction and is delivered fully assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhere can this stainless steel trolley be used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for professional hygienic settings such as kitchens, laboratories, healthcare facilities, and food preparation areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57365902197110,"sku":"KM60350MRU","price":316.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/KMYourWorkmateKM60354MRU__1024x768_c98b1586-d378-4073-b109-20532f8e65a8.png?v=1772020747"},{"product_id":"stackable-shop-trolley-with-fold-up-upper-shelf-100kg-shelf-capacity","title":"Stackable Shop Trolley with Fold-Up Upper Shelf – 100kg Shelf Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe stackable shop trolley with fold-up upper shelf is a flexible transport solution for retail stores, warehouses, stockrooms, and distribution centres, supplied by AB Handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eManufactured by AB Handling, this trolley features a space-saving nesting design to maximize storage efficiency when not in use. The fold-up upper shelf can be raised or lowered to accommodate larger items, making it ideal for stock replenishment, product transportation, and order picking in daily commercial operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003eStackable Shop Trolley\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpper Shelf Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e100kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Design:\u003c\/strong\u003eFold-up upper shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage Feature:\u003c\/strong\u003eStackable \/ nesting design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications:\u003c\/strong\u003eSupermarkets, retail stores, stockrooms, distribution centres, and warehouses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe stackable shop trolley is a commercial goods cart supplied by AB Handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt features an adjustable fold-up upper shelf with a 100kg load capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe trolley incorporates a space-saving nesting design for compact storage when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is designed for order picking, stock replenishment, and transport in supermarkets, retail stores, stockrooms, and warehouses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of the upper shelf?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe upper shelf has a load capacity of 100kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan this trolley be stacked to save space?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it features a stackable design that allows multiple trolleys to nest together when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the fold-up upper shelf work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe upper shelf can be quickly raised or lowered to provide flexible load handling and accommodate larger items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWho makes this stackable shop trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis trolley is manufactured by AB Handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of the upper shelf?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe upper shelf has a load capacity of 100kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan this trolley be stacked to save space?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it features a stackable design that allows multiple trolleys to nest together when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the fold-up upper shelf work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe upper shelf can be quickly raised or lowered to provide flexible load handling and accommodate larger items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWho makes this stackable shop trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis trolley is manufactured by AB Handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of the upper shelf?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe upper shelf has a load capacity of 100kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan this trolley be stacked to save space?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it features a stackable design that allows multiple trolleys to nest together when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the fold-up upper shelf work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe upper shelf can be quickly raised or lowered to provide flexible load handling and accommodate larger items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWho makes this stackable shop trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis trolley is manufactured by AB Handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of the upper shelf?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe upper shelf has a load capacity of 100kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan this trolley be stacked to save space?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it features a stackable design that allows multiple trolleys to nest together when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the fold-up upper shelf work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe upper shelf can be quickly raised or lowered to provide flexible load handling and accommodate larger items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWho makes this stackable shop trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis trolley is manufactured by AB Handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of the upper shelf?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe upper shelf has a load capacity of 100kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan this trolley be stacked to save space?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it features a stackable design that allows multiple trolleys to nest together when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the fold-up upper shelf work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe upper shelf can be quickly raised or lowered to provide flexible load handling and accommodate larger items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWho makes this stackable shop trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis trolley is manufactured by AB Handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"1","offer_id":58047641485686,"sku":"KM4202-EB","price":219.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"2","offer_id":58047641518454,"sku":"KM4202-EB","price":438.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"3","offer_id":58047641551222,"sku":"KM4202-EB","price":657.26,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/KM4202-F__1024x768_1_35324860-9948-4d8e-aad7-35a1b2811d0a.png?v=1780926132"},{"product_id":"folding-plastic-shelf-trolley-60kg-load-capacity","title":"Folding Plastic Shelf Trolley – 60kg Load Capacity","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ab-delivery-facts\" style=\"display:inline-block;box-sizing:border-box;max-width:100%;background:#16a34a;color:#ffffff;border-radius:999px;padding:6px 14px;margin:0 0 12px;font-size:12px;line-height:1.5;font-weight:600;white-space:normal;overflow-wrap:anywhere\"\u003eFREE DELIVERY OVER £150*\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe folding plastic shelf trolley from AB Handling provides a lightweight, highly versatile transport solution for offices, stockrooms, retail stores, and healthcare environments. Designed for fast and effortless deployment, it collapses flat in seconds at the push of a button for compact storage and easy transport in vehicle boots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal load capacity: 60kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo-tier shelf design for efficient multi-level handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick-release push-button folding mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFolds flat for compact, space-saving storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth-running wheels for effortless mobility across indoor surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe folding plastic shelf trolley from AB Handling features a two-tier design with a 60kg total load capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is constructed from plastic and collapses flat using a quick-release push-button mechanism for compact storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth-running wheels provide effortless mobility across indoor surfaces in offices, stockrooms, retail, and healthcare settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parrs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59133020373366,"sku":"PAR-0010","price":215.94,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/clax-plastic-folding-shelf-trolley-60kg-p5264-36439_medium_9f45e92c-3da5-4fec-ad2e-5c23537b92ed.png?v=1792975260"},{"product_id":"convertible-2-shelf-platform-trolley-1000-x-600-mm-400-kg-capacity","title":"Convertible 2 Shelf \u0026 Platform Trolley – 1000 x 600 mm – 400 kg Capacity","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ab-delivery-facts\" style=\"display:inline-block;box-sizing:border-box;max-width:100%;background:#16a34a;color:#ffffff;border-radius:999px;padding:6px 14px;margin:0 0 12px;font-size:12px;line-height:1.5;font-weight:600;white-space:normal;overflow-wrap:anywhere\"\u003eFREE DELIVERY OVER £150*\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eA versatile convertible 2 shelf and platform trolley designed for demanding industrial, warehouse, and retail handling tasks. This robust unit easily adapts between a standard platform truck and a two-shelf configuration to transport diverse loads with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlatform Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 x 600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfiguration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Convertible 2 shelf \/ flatbed platform design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStructure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-duty construction for secure transport of bulky or boxed goods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis is a heavy-duty convertible two-shelf and flatbed platform trolley supplied by AB Handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe trolley has a platform measuring 1000 x 600 mm with a total load capacity of 400 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt converts between a standard platform truck and a two-shelf configuration for industrial, warehouse, and retail handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 400 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the platform?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform dimensions are 1000 x 600 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow can the trolley be configured?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be configured either as a standard flatbed platform truck or as a two-shelf trolley.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat environments is this trolley designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for demanding industrial, warehouse, and retail environments to move boxed or bulky goods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 400 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the platform?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform dimensions are 1000 x 600 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow can the trolley be configured?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be configured either as a standard flatbed platform truck or as a two-shelf trolley.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat environments is this trolley designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for demanding industrial, warehouse, and retail environments to move boxed or bulky goods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 400 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the platform?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform dimensions are 1000 x 600 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow can the trolley be configured?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be configured either as a standard flatbed platform truck or as a two-shelf trolley.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat environments is this trolley designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for demanding industrial, warehouse, and retail environments to move boxed or bulky goods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 400 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the platform?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform dimensions are 1000 x 600 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow can the trolley be configured?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be configured either as a standard flatbed platform truck or as a two-shelf trolley.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat environments is this trolley designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for demanding industrial, warehouse, and retail environments to move boxed or bulky goods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 400 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the platform?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform dimensions are 1000 x 600 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow can the trolley be configured?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be configured either as a standard flatbed platform truck or as a two-shelf trolley.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat environments is this trolley designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for demanding industrial, warehouse, and retail environments to move boxed or bulky goods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 400 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the platform?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform dimensions are 1000 x 600 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow can the trolley be configured?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be configured either as a standard flatbed platform truck or as a two-shelf trolley.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat environments is this trolley designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for demanding industrial, warehouse, and retail environments to move boxed or bulky goods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 400 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the platform?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform dimensions are 1000 x 600 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow can the trolley be configured?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be configured either as a standard flatbed platform truck or as a two-shelf trolley.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat environments is this trolley designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for demanding industrial, warehouse, and retail environments to move boxed or bulky goods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 400 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the platform?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform dimensions are 1000 x 600 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow can the trolley be configured?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be configured either as a standard flatbed platform truck or as a two-shelf trolley.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat environments is this trolley designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for demanding industrial, warehouse, and retail environments to move boxed or bulky goods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 400 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the platform?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform dimensions are 1000 x 600 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow can the trolley be configured?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be configured either as a standard flatbed platform truck or as a two-shelf trolley.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat environments is this trolley designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for demanding industrial, warehouse, and retail environments to move boxed or bulky goods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 400 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the platform?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform dimensions are 1000 x 600 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow can the trolley be configured?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be configured either as a standard flatbed platform truck or as a two-shelf trolley.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat environments is this trolley designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for demanding industrial, warehouse, and retail environments to move boxed or bulky goods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 400 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the platform?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform dimensions are 1000 x 600 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow can the trolley be configured?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be configured either as a standard flatbed platform truck or as a two-shelf trolley.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat environments is this trolley designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for demanding industrial, warehouse, and retail environments to move boxed or bulky goods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 400 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the platform?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform dimensions are 1000 x 600 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow can the trolley be configured?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be configured either as a standard flatbed platform truck or as a two-shelf trolley.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat environments is this trolley designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for demanding industrial, warehouse, and retail environments to move boxed or bulky goods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 400 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the platform?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform dimensions are 1000 x 600 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow can the trolley be configured?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be configured either as a standard flatbed platform truck or as a two-shelf trolley.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat environments is this trolley designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for demanding industrial, warehouse, and retail environments to move boxed or bulky goods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Parrs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59142655541622,"sku":"PAR-0024","price":478.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/convertible-2-shelf-platform-trolley-1000-x-600mm-400kg-p12652-30372_medium_119c3a73-c6db-4a4e-a3ec-f62560574008.jpg?v=1793089135"},{"product_id":"order-picking-trolley-with-clipboard-pen-tray-1000-x-700mm-240kg","title":"Order Picking Trolley with Clipboard \u0026 Pen Tray 1000 x 700mm 240kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis heavy-duty two-shelf order picking trolley is designed for stock picking, sorting, and transporting goods in warehouse, retail, logistics, and stockroom operations, supplied by AB Handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a robust blue powder-coated steel frame, the trolley features two durable 12mm plywood shelves. Each deck is built with retaining lips on three sides to keep items securely contained during transit, while leaving an open side for fast and unobstructed loading. An ergonomic push handle combined with four 125mm smooth-rolling castors allows effortless mobility across warehouse floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor streamlined order processing, the unit is fitted with an integrated A4 clipboard and dedicated pen holder tray as standard, keeping paperwork and picking lists organised on the move.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions (W x L x H): 700 x 1270 x 1265mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlatform Dimensions (L x W): 1000 x 700mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Heights: 290mm and 850mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle Height: 1000mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum Load Capacity: 240kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit Weight: 45kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame Construction: Heavy-duty steel with blue powder-coated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeck Material: 2 x 12mm plywood shelves with 3 retaining lips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard Accessories: Integrated A4 clipboard and pen holder tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: 4 x 125mm diameter smooth-rolling castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis order picking trolley features a 1000 x 700mm platform with a 240kg maximum load capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is built from a blue powder-coated heavy-duty steel frame with two 12mm plywood decks with retaining lips on three sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe trolley is equipped with four 125mm castors, an ergonomic push handle, an integrated A4 clipboard, and a pen tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for warehouse, stockroom, and logistics use, the shelves are positioned at heights of 290mm and 850mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 240kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions and materials?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform dimensions are 1000 x 700mm, featuring two 12mm thick plywood decks with retaining lips on three sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat accessories are included with the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt comes standard with an integrated A4 clipboard, a pen holder tray, and an ergonomic push handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is fitted with four 125mm diameter smooth-rolling castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 240kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions and materials?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform dimensions are 1000 x 700mm, featuring two 12mm thick plywood decks with retaining lips on three sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat accessories are included with the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt comes standard with an integrated A4 clipboard, a pen holder tray, and an ergonomic push handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is fitted with four 125mm diameter smooth-rolling castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 240kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions and materials?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform dimensions are 1000 x 700mm, featuring two 12mm thick plywood decks with retaining lips on three sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat accessories are included with the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt comes standard with an integrated A4 clipboard, a pen holder tray, and an ergonomic push handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is fitted with four 125mm diameter smooth-rolling castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 240kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions and materials?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform dimensions are 1000 x 700mm, featuring two 12mm thick plywood decks with retaining lips on three sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat accessories are included with the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt comes standard with an integrated A4 clipboard, a pen holder tray, and an ergonomic push handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is fitted with four 125mm diameter smooth-rolling castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 240kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions and materials?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform dimensions are 1000 x 700mm, featuring two 12mm thick plywood decks with retaining lips on three sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat accessories are included with the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt comes standard with an integrated A4 clipboard, a pen holder tray, and an ergonomic push handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is fitted with four 125mm diameter smooth-rolling castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Parrs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59145045705078,"sku":"H1472","price":489.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/order-picking-trolley-700w-x-1270l-mm-240kg-p13935-38325_medium_6b2f2191-c69e-4ebf-84b8-8104c3e35e07.png?v=1793106054"},{"product_id":"steel-2-shelf-trolley-with-anti-slip-shelves-120kg-capacity-725-x-470-x-950mm","title":"Steel 2 Shelf Trolley with Anti-Slip Shelves, 120kg Capacity, 725 x 470 x 950mm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ab-delivery-facts\" style=\"display:inline-block;box-sizing:border-box;max-width:100%;background:#16a34a;color:#ffffff;border-radius:999px;padding:6px 14px;margin:0 0 12px;font-size:12px;line-height:1.5;font-weight:600;white-space:normal;overflow-wrap:anywhere\"\u003eFree Delivery Over £150* Delivery within 5 days\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eA versatile and durable two-tier steel trolley designed for efficient order picking, stock movement, and general workshop or office handling. Featuring anti-slip shelf surfaces, it helps ensure items stay secure while in motion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions: 470W x 725L x 950H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad Capacity: 120kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 2 durable steel tiers with anti-slip surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheels: 100mm diameter solid rubber tyres (2 fixed, 2 swivel) for smooth manoeuvrability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated push handle for comfortable steering and control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRobust all-steel frame construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Steel 2 Shelf Trolley is a robust all-steel handling cart supplied by AB Handling with a 120kg load capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt measures 725mm long by 470mm wide by 950mm high and features two durable steel tiers with anti-slip surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManoeuvrability is provided by an integrated push handle and four 100mm solid rubber tyres, configured with two fixed and two swivel wheels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is designed for order picking, stock movement, and general workshop or office handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 120kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the two shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 725mm in length, 470mm in width, and 950mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat wheel configuration does the trolley use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is fitted with 100mm diameter solid rubber tyres, consisting of two fixed wheels and two swivel wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelves made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has two durable steel tiers finished with anti-slip surfaces to keep items secure during transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parrs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59150062748022,"sku":"HSH001","price":96.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/steel-2-shelf-trolley-120kg-with-anti-slip-shelves-p13595-36315_medium_45a7feb9-6522-4f21-83cd-1c3edd67e066.png?v=1793147573"},{"product_id":"plastic-2-shelf-trolley-100kg-capacity-460w-x-750l-x-940h-mm","title":"Plastic 2 Shelf Trolley 100kg Capacity 460W x 750L x 940H mm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ab-delivery-facts\" style=\"display:inline-block;box-sizing:border-box;max-width:100%;background:#16a34a;color:#ffffff;border-radius:999px;padding:6px 14px;margin:0 0 12px;font-size:12px;line-height:1.5;font-weight:600;white-space:normal;overflow-wrap:anywhere\"\u003eFREE DELIVERY OVER £150* Free Delivery Over £150* Order by 2:45 pm for Next Day Delivery.\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eA durable, lightweight, and versatile multi-purpose utility cart designed for effortless transport in warehouses, workshops, catering environments, and offices. Built with sturdy aluminium uprights and toughened ribbed polypropylene shelves, this trolley provides dependable everyday performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions: 460W x 750L x 940H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Shelves: 560 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad Capacity: 100 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: Toughened ribbed polypropylene with raised perimeter retention lips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUprights: Specially formed aluminium for strength and rigidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 4 x 100mm diameter all-swivel castors for smooth manoeuvrability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomically designed easy-grip handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight and easy-to-clean smooth surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Weight: 10 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for straightforward self-assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parrs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59165039133046,"sku":"H595","price":64.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/plastic-2-tray-shelf-trolley-100kg-460w-x-750l-x-940h-mm-p8030-9871_medium_a1fc7808-3c9e-495d-b7b1-87a0f86d37fc.jpg?v=1793256532"},{"product_id":"order-picking-trolley-with-2-steel-shelves-300kg-capacity","title":"Order Picking Trolley with 2 Steel Shelves 300kg Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis heavy duty two-tier order picking trolley is engineered for warehouse teams, order pickers, and stock handlers, supplied by AB Handling. Designed for smooth stock collection and efficient order fulfilment, it provides reliable everyday service in demanding commercial and industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuilt with a robust tubular steel framework, this durable trolley features two fixed steel shelves capable of handling heavy stock during everyday warehouse operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: 300kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfiguration: 2 fixed steel shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFramework: Heavy duty tubular steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacture: Made in the UK\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse: Stock collection and warehouse order fulfilment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis is a heavy duty two-tier order picking trolley manufactured in the UK and supplied by AB Handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt features a tubular steel framework and two fixed steel shelves with a total load capacity of 300kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe trolley is engineered for stock collection and warehouse order fulfilment in commercial and industrial settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 300kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow many shelves are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is configured with two fixed steel shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is used for the trolley frame?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is constructed from a heavy duty tubular steel framework.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhere is this picking trolley manufactured?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis order picking trolley is manufactured in the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parrs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59202926477686,"sku":"HTT143","price":602.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/order-picking-trolley-with-2-steel-shelves-300kg-p13616-36398_medium_5e5f987d-4eb2-41d9-b663-38e142bc86ae.png?v=1793437498"},{"product_id":"2-shelf-table-trolley-850x435mm-150-kg-load-capacity-blue-mobile-service-trolley","title":"2 Shelf Table Trolley 850x435mm – 150 kg Load Capacity, Blue Mobile Service Trolley","description":"\u003cp\u003eA versatile, compact two-tier service trolley designed for light-duty transport and order processing across warehouses, workshops, offices, schools, and catering environments. Features two hard-wearing laminated shelves and an insulated, plastic-sleeved push handle that ensures a comfortable, secure grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H): 850 x 435 x 950 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper shelf height: 720 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between shelves: 510 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal static load capacity: 150 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndividual shelf capacity: 50 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: Durable white laminate surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame: Blue powder-coated steel with plastic-coated handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 4 x 100 mm swivel castors with non-marking thermo-rubber tyres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for easy assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 15.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis two-tier mobile table trolley measures 850 x 435 x 950 mm and is constructed with a blue powder-coated steel frame and white laminate shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt provides a total static load capacity of 150 kg, with an individual shelf capacity of 50 kg and 510 mm clearance between shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility is provided by four 100 mm swivel castors fitted with non-marking thermo-rubber tyres, operated via an insulated plastic-sleeved push handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe trolley has a net weight of 15.5 kg and is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly across workshops, warehouses, offices, and catering settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this two-shelf table trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley measures 850 mm in length, 435 mm in width, and 950 mm in height. The upper shelf sits at a height of 720 mm, with a distance of 510 mm between the shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total static load capacity of 150 kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 50 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors does the trolley have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 100 mm swivel castors fitted with non-marking thermo-rubber tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly and has a net weight of 15.5 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59213774618998,"sku":"KM3730-6","price":137.67,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_3e5522f3-60b5-44c5-868a-ea6bcbc412dd.jpg?v=1793492928"},{"product_id":"2-shelf-euro-trolley-600-x-400mm-150kg-capacity-electro-galvanised-table-trolley","title":"2 Shelf Euro Trolley 600 x 400mm – 150kg Capacity Electro-Galvanised Table Trolley","description":"\u003cp\u003eA versatile and compact mobile table trolley designed for workshops, warehouses, packing areas, and commercial kitchens. Sized specifically to hold standard 600 x 400 mm Euro containers and trays, each electro-galvanised steel shelf can be mounted with the edge raised to retain goods or flush-down to provide a smooth, flat working surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 690 (L) x 430 (W) x 750 (H) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf dimensions: 625 (L) x 414 (W) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper shelf height: 740 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance between shelves: 480 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal static load capacity: 150 kg (75 kg per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Heavy-duty electro-galvanised steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReversible shelves: Mount with lip up or down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 4 x 100 mm swivel castors (2 braked)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 14 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for fast, simple assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions and capacity of this table trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley measures 690 x 430 x 750 mm (L x W x H) and has a total static load capacity of 150 kg, with a maximum load of 75 kg per shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan standard Euro containers fit on the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them ideally sized to accommodate standard 600 x 400 mm Euro stacking boxes and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be configured with or without edges?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be assembled with the retaining lip facing up to keep items secure during transport, or facing down for a flush tabletop surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and is engineered for quick, straightforward assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions and capacity of this table trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley measures 690 x 430 x 750 mm (L x W x H) and has a total static load capacity of 150 kg, with a maximum load of 75 kg per shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan standard Euro containers fit on the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them ideally sized to accommodate standard 600 x 400 mm Euro stacking boxes and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be configured with or without edges?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be assembled with the retaining lip facing up to keep items secure during transport, or facing down for a flush tabletop surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and is engineered for quick, straightforward assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions and capacity of this table trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley measures 690 x 430 x 750 mm (L x W x H) and has a total static load capacity of 150 kg, with a maximum load of 75 kg per shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan standard Euro containers fit on the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them ideally sized to accommodate standard 600 x 400 mm Euro stacking boxes and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be configured with or without edges?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be assembled with the retaining lip facing up to keep items secure during transport, or facing down for a flush tabletop surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and is engineered for quick, straightforward assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions and capacity of this table trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley measures 690 x 430 x 750 mm (L x W x H) and has a total static load capacity of 150 kg, with a maximum load of 75 kg per shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan standard Euro containers fit on the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them ideally sized to accommodate standard 600 x 400 mm Euro stacking boxes and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be configured with or without edges?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be assembled with the retaining lip facing up to keep items secure during transport, or facing down for a flush tabletop surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and is engineered for quick, straightforward assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59213839335798,"sku":"KM4100-EB","price":140.34,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_89ef4e79-151b-451c-adf1-69953b3e5340.jpg?v=1793493651"},{"product_id":"2-shelf-trolley-150kg-capacity-electro-galvanised-table-trolley-690-x-430-x-750mm","title":"2 Shelf Trolley 150kg Capacity – Electro Galvanised Table Trolley (690 x 430 x 750mm)","description":"\u003cp\u003eA versatile, heavy-duty 2 shelf trolley designed for smooth transportation in warehouses, workshops, catering environments, and offices. Sized perfectly to fit standard 600 x 400 mm Euro containers, the two sturdy shelves can be installed with the lip facing upwards to retain contents or downwards for a completely flat loading surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H): 690 x 430 x 750 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Dimensions: 625 x 414 mm (compatible with 600 x 400 mm trays and boxes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight to Upper Shelf: 740 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Shelves: 480 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Load Capacity: 150 kg static load (75 kg per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Durable electro-galvanised steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheels: 4 x 100 mm swivel castors for smooth, multi-directional manoeuvrability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 14 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for easy assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a static load capacity of 150 kg, evenly distributed at 75 kg per shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted upside down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be assembled either with the edge lip facing up to contain items or facing down for a flush, flat work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill standard Euro stacking containers fit on the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them an ideal fit for standard 600 x 400 mm Euro boxes and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and is quick and straightforward to assemble.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a static load capacity of 150 kg, evenly distributed at 75 kg per shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted upside down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be assembled either with the edge lip facing up to contain items or facing down for a flush, flat work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill standard Euro stacking containers fit on the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them an ideal fit for standard 600 x 400 mm Euro boxes and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and is quick and straightforward to assemble.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a static load capacity of 150 kg, evenly distributed at 75 kg per shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted upside down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be assembled either with the edge lip facing up to contain items or facing down for a flush, flat work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill standard Euro stacking containers fit on the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them an ideal fit for standard 600 x 400 mm Euro boxes and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and is quick and straightforward to assemble.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a static load capacity of 150 kg, evenly distributed at 75 kg per shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted upside down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be assembled either with the edge lip facing up to contain items or facing down for a flush, flat work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill standard Euro stacking containers fit on the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them an ideal fit for standard 600 x 400 mm Euro boxes and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and is quick and straightforward to assemble.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a static load capacity of 150 kg, evenly distributed at 75 kg per shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted upside down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be assembled either with the edge lip facing up to contain items or facing down for a flush, flat work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill standard Euro stacking containers fit on the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them an ideal fit for standard 600 x 400 mm Euro boxes and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and is quick and straightforward to assemble.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59213841170806,"sku":"KM4100-E","price":130.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_b959872a-d5fc-457a-b579-8c975ee5ce12.jpg?v=1793493657"},{"product_id":"2-tier-white-shelf-trolley-250kg-capacity-1080mm-x-480mm","title":"2 Tier White Shelf Trolley 250kg Capacity 1080mm x 480mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis two-tier white shelf trolley is designed for workshops, warehouses, offices, and catering facilities, supplied by AB Handling for secure and versatile stock movement. Finished in a durable white powder coating, it offers reliable everyday handling for a wide range of commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit features reversible shelves that can be installed with a 24mm retaining lip facing upward to keep loose items contained, or fitted flush flat to allow seamless sliding of boxes and containers. It is fitted with four 125mm non-marking thermo-rubber swivel castors, two of which include brakes for secure positioning when loading and unloading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 1080mm (L) x 480mm (W) x 940mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf platform size: 900mm (L) x 440mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStatic load capacity: 250kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight to upper shelf: 760mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance between shelves: 530mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReversible shelves with 24mm rim (can be fitted lip up or lip down)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 4 x 125mm non-marking thermo-rubber swivel castors (2 braked)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 21.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for straightforward assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe 2 Tier White Shelf Trolley is a heavy-duty transport trolley with a durable white powder-coated finish, supplied by AB Handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt measures 1080mm (L) x 480mm (W) x 940mm (H) with 900mm x 440mm shelf platforms and supports a static load capacity of 250kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe unit features reversible shelves with a 24mm lip and four 125mm non-marking thermo-rubber swivel castors, including two with brakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is built for internal transport across warehouses, workshops, offices, and catering environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted flat?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed with the 24mm retaining lip facing up to keep items contained, or facing down for a flush, flat platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a static load capacity of up to 250kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors suitable for smooth indoor floors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features 125mm thermo-rubber castors that are non-marking and smooth-rolling, with two braked castors for secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and features straightforward bolt-together assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted flat?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed with the 24mm retaining lip facing up to keep items contained, or facing down for a flush, flat platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a static load capacity of up to 250kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors suitable for smooth indoor floors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features 125mm thermo-rubber castors that are non-marking and smooth-rolling, with two braked castors for secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and features straightforward bolt-together assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted flat?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed with the 24mm retaining lip facing up to keep items contained, or facing down for a flush, flat platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a static load capacity of up to 250kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors suitable for smooth indoor floors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features 125mm thermo-rubber castors that are non-marking and smooth-rolling, with two braked castors for secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and features straightforward bolt-together assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted flat?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed with the 24mm retaining lip facing up to keep items contained, or facing down for a flush, flat platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a static load capacity of up to 250kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors suitable for smooth indoor floors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features 125mm thermo-rubber castors that are non-marking and smooth-rolling, with two braked castors for secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and features straightforward bolt-together assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted flat?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed with the 24mm retaining lip facing up to keep items contained, or facing down for a flush, flat platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a static load capacity of up to 250kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors suitable for smooth indoor floors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features 125mm thermo-rubber castors that are non-marking and smooth-rolling, with two braked castors for secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and features straightforward bolt-together assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted flat?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed with the 24mm retaining lip facing up to keep items contained, or facing down for a flush, flat platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a static load capacity of up to 250kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors suitable for smooth indoor floors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features 125mm thermo-rubber castors that are non-marking and smooth-rolling, with two braked castors for secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and features straightforward bolt-together assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted flat?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed with the 24mm retaining lip facing up to keep items contained, or facing down for a flush, flat platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a static load capacity of up to 250kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors suitable for smooth indoor floors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features 125mm thermo-rubber castors that are non-marking and smooth-rolling, with two braked castors for secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and features straightforward bolt-together assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted flat?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed with the 24mm retaining lip facing up to keep items contained, or facing down for a flush, flat platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a static load capacity of up to 250kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors suitable for smooth indoor floors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features 125mm thermo-rubber castors that are non-marking and smooth-rolling, with two braked castors for secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and features straightforward bolt-together assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59213882884470,"sku":"KM4105B","price":208.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_cf16d4c1-e58c-4d66-8438-15bbf9df6e52.jpg?v=1793494021"},{"product_id":"order-picking-trolley-with-2-and-a-half-steel-shelves-240kg","title":"Order Picking Trolley with 2 and a Half Steel Shelves 240kg","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ab-delivery-facts\" style=\"display:inline-block;box-sizing:border-box;max-width:100%;background:#16a34a;color:#ffffff;border-radius:999px;padding:6px 14px;margin:0 0 12px;font-size:12px;line-height:1.5;font-weight:600;white-space:normal;overflow-wrap:anywhere\"\u003eFREE DELIVERY OVER £150*\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for fast and efficient stock selection in busy warehouse, retail, and fulfilment operations, this heavy-duty order picking trolley features sturdy steel construction and multi-level shelving for organised sorting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal load capacity: 240kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfiguration: 2 full steel shelves plus an upper half shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRobust tubular steel frame designed for rigorous industrial environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth-running castors provide effortless manoeuvrability across smooth floors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptimised shelf layout allows clear visibility and easy access to picked goods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 240kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the shelf layout on this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is configured with two full steel shelves and one upper half shelf for multi-level sorting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is used to construct the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built with a robust tubular steel frame and sturdy steel shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat floor types are the castors designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe smooth-running castors are designed for effortless movement across smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 240kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the shelf layout on this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is configured with two full steel shelves and one upper half shelf for multi-level sorting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is used to construct the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built with a robust tubular steel frame and sturdy steel shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat floor types are the castors designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe smooth-running castors are designed for effortless movement across smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis order picking trolley is constructed with a robust tubular steel frame and sturdy steel shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt features a total load capacity of 240kg configured across two full shelves and one upper half shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe trolley is equipped with smooth-running castors designed for movement across smooth floors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is built for stock selection and sorting in warehouse, retail, and fulfilment operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 240kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the shelf layout on this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is configured with two full steel shelves and one upper half shelf for multi-level sorting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is used to construct the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built with a robust tubular steel frame and sturdy steel shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat floor types are the castors designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe smooth-running castors are designed for effortless movement across smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 240kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the shelf layout on this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is configured with two full steel shelves and one upper half shelf for multi-level sorting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is used to construct the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built with a robust tubular steel frame and sturdy steel shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat floor types are the castors designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe smooth-running castors are designed for effortless movement across smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 240kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the shelf layout on this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is configured with two full steel shelves and one upper half shelf for multi-level sorting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is used to construct the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built with a robust tubular steel frame and sturdy steel shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat floor types are the castors designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe smooth-running castors are designed for effortless movement across smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 240kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the shelf layout on this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is configured with two full steel shelves and one upper half shelf for multi-level sorting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is used to construct the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built with a robust tubular steel frame and sturdy steel shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat floor types are the castors designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe smooth-running castors are designed for effortless movement across smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 240kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the shelf layout on this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is configured with two full steel shelves and one upper half shelf for multi-level sorting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is used to construct the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built with a robust tubular steel frame and sturdy steel shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat floor types are the castors designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe smooth-running castors are designed for effortless movement across smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 240kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the shelf layout on this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is configured with two full steel shelves and one upper half shelf for multi-level sorting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is used to construct the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built with a robust tubular steel frame and sturdy steel shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat floor types are the castors designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe smooth-running castors are designed for effortless movement across smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 240kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the shelf layout on this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is configured with two full steel shelves and one upper half shelf for multi-level sorting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is used to construct the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built with a robust tubular steel frame and sturdy steel shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat floor types are the castors designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe smooth-running castors are designed for effortless movement across smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Parrs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59215676080502,"sku":"PAR-0059","price":622.08,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/order-picking-trolley-with-2-and-a-half-steel-shelves-240kg-p13845-37696_medium_ad1bf205-e576-485a-81ed-0e1d7a6a4daa.png?v=1793520416"},{"product_id":"fully-welded-2-tier-shelf-trolley-400kg-capacity-1080-x-450mm","title":"Fully Welded 2 Tier Shelf Trolley, 400kg Capacity, 1080 x 450mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis heavy-duty, fully welded 2 tier shelf trolley is engineered from robust sheet metal with raised tray rims, making it ideal for the safe transport of heavier tools, components, and goods across workshops, warehouses, and industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStatic Load Capacity: 400 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Load Capacity: 150 kg per shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H): 1080 x 450 x 1000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Dimensions: 940 x 440 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight to Upper Shelf: 770 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Shelves: 540 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 2 levels with raised retaining rims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 160 mm solid rubber wheels (2 fixed, 2 swivel)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: Fully welded steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish \/ Colour: Durable powder-coated white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit Weight: 23.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59215999992182,"sku":"KM4133","price":245.43,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_f8d9bf93-11e6-45e0-b8cc-fb1d82f9d923.jpg?v=1793525092"},{"product_id":"fully-welded-2-shelf-trolley-with-rims-400kg-capacity-1080-x-450-x-1000mm","title":"Fully Welded 2 Shelf Trolley with Rims, 400kg Capacity, 1080 x 450 x 1000mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis heavy-duty fully welded shelf trolley from AB Handling provides exceptional strength and durability for demanding industrial, warehouse, and workshop environments. Constructed from robust sheet metal with protective shelf rims, it is engineered to transport heavy components, tools, and materials safely and securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H): 1080 x 450 x 1000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Dimensions (L x W): 940 x 440 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper Shelf Height: 770 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Shelves: 540 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Static Load Capacity: 400 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Load Capacity: 150 kg per shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfiguration: 2 solid sheet metal shelves with retained rims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame: Fully welded steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 160 mm solid rubber castors (2 fixed, 2 swivel with brakes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Durable white powder coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit Net Weight: 23.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59216000680310,"sku":"KM4133B","price":255.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_aa6def31-3e04-43e7-9c85-6448d7a04bb8.jpg?v=1793525096"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-2-shelf-trolley-fully-welded-steel-1080-x-450mm-400kg-capacity","title":"Heavy Duty 2 Shelf Trolley, Fully Welded Steel, 1080 x 450mm, 400kg Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eA robust, fully welded steel shelf trolley from AB Handling designed for demanding workshop, warehouse, and industrial environments. Featuring two heavy-duty sheet metal shelves with raised retaining rims, this trolley provides safe and dependable transport for tools, components, and heavy stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 1080mm (L) x 450mm (W) x 1000mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf platform dimensions: 940mm (L) x 440mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper shelf height: 770mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between shelves: 540mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal static load capacity: 400kg (150kg per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: Fully welded sheet steel with a durable blue powder-coated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 2 tiers with raised edge rims to prevent items sliding off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 160mm solid rubber castors (2 fixed, 2 swivel with brakes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTare weight: 23.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59216095838582,"sku":"KM4133-BB","price":255.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_9fc07821-fd0e-4b35-be3f-1883f66b625c.jpg?v=1793525817"},{"product_id":"fully-welded-2-tier-steel-shelf-trolley-940-x-440mm-shelves-400kg-capacity","title":"Fully Welded 2-Tier Steel Shelf Trolley, 940 x 440mm Shelves, 400kg Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eA heavy-duty, fully welded two-tier steel shelf trolley designed for transporting bulky and heavy goods across warehouses, workshops, and industrial stockrooms. Built from durable blue sheet steel with raised retaining rims on each shelf to prevent items from sliding during transit, this robust trolley offers a total load capacity of 400kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Static Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400kg (150kg per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 940 x 440mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e 540mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight to Upper Shelf:\u003c\/strong\u003e 770mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1080 x 450 x 1000mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully welded sheet steel with shelf retaining rims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWheels:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160mm solid rubber castors (2 fixed, 2 swivel)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59216095871350,"sku":"KM4133-B","price":245.43,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_42cb08db-b5f9-400b-b060-757b1f12e290.jpg?v=1793525817"},{"product_id":"2-shelf-fully-welded-table-trolley-150kg-1000-x-580mm-service-trolley","title":"2 Shelf Fully Welded Table Trolley 150kg – 1000 x 580mm Service Trolley","description":"\u003cp\u003eA fully welded, heavy-duty service and table trolley designed for versatile transport across commercial, educational, and industrial environments. Built with a rigid electro-galvanised steel frame and two wipe-clean white laminate shelves, this trolley arrives fully assembled and ready for immediate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 1000 mm (L) x 580 mm (W) x 850 mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum static load capacity: 150 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo robust white laminate shelves, hygienic and easy to clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully welded tubular steel frame with durable electro-galvanised finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitted with 4 swivel 125 mm thermo-rubber non-marking castors (2 braked)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit weight: 18.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelivered fully assembled (not flat-packed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59216873324918,"sku":"KM170-6B","price":187.36,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_81dfb020-f4e0-4486-93b5-5c79c02eb530.jpg?v=1793531204"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-2-tier-platform-trolley-1035x600mm-800-kg-static-load-capacity","title":"Heavy-Duty 2-Tier Platform Trolley 1035x600mm – 800 kg Static Load Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eA robust two-tier platform trolley engineered for tough industrial environments, workshops, and busy warehouses. Built with an electro-galvanised steel frame and durable black MDF shelves, it provides an exceptional static load capacity of up to 800 kg for dependable material handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStatic Load Capacity: 800 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H): 1035 x 600 x 920 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Dimensions: 894 x 594 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight to Handle: 885 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight to First Shelf: 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Shelves: 520 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 200 mm solid rubber (2 fixed, 2 swivel with brake)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Electro-galvanised frame with black MDF shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 48.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for easy assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Heavy-Duty 2-Tier Platform Trolley from AB Handling is an industrial trolley measuring 1035 x 600 x 920 mm with an 800 kg static load capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is constructed with an electro-galvanised steel frame, black MDF shelves measuring 894 x 594 mm, and 200 mm solid rubber castors comprising two fixed wheels and two braked swivel wheels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngineered for industrial environments, workshops, and warehouses, the unit has a net weight of 48.5 kg and is supplied flat-packed for assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this 2-tier trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 800 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves and frame?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 1035 x 600 x 920 mm (L x W x H), with shelf dimensions of 894 x 594 mm, a first-shelf height of 300 mm, a handle height of 885 mm, and 520 mm clearance between shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castor configuration does the trolley use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with 200 mm solid rubber castors, featuring two fixed castors and two swivel castors with brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59218006704502,"sku":"KM137-1B","price":413.31,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_0e990169-c68b-46db-aa2f-1b2f72d8b07e.jpg?v=1793535519"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-2-tier-platform-trolley-1200x800mm-800-kg-capacity","title":"Heavy-Duty 2 Tier Platform Trolley 1200x800mm – 800 kg Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis heavy-duty 2-tier table platform trolley from AB Handling provides exceptional strength and durability for demanding industrial, warehouse, and workshop environments. Featuring a robust electro-galvanised steel frame fitted with heavy-duty black MDF decks, it delivers a massive 800 kg load capacity to easily transport bulky and heavy goods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H): 1335 x 800 x 920 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Dimensions (L x W): 1200 x 800 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower Shelf Height: 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Shelves: 520 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle Height: 885 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum Static Load Capacity: 800 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: Electro-galvanised steel frame with black MDF shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheels: 200 mm solid rubber castors (2 fixed, 2 swivel with brakes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for straightforward assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 64 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Heavy-Duty 2-Tier Platform Trolley features 1200 x 800 mm shelves and an 800 kg maximum static load capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is constructed with an electro-galvanised steel frame and two heavy-duty black MDF decks spaced 520 mm apart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMovement is supported by 200 mm solid rubber castors, including two fixed wheels and two swivel wheels with brakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed by AB Handling, it is designed for workshop, warehouse, and industrial material handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this 2-tier platform trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 800 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves and the clearance between them?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 1200 x 800 mm. The lower shelf sits at a height of 300 mm, and there is 520 mm of distance between the lower and upper shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat wheel configuration does the trolley use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with 200 mm solid rubber castors, configured as two fixed castors and two swivel castors with brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is supplied flat-packed for straightforward assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59218039898486,"sku":"KM137-3B","price":465.57,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_04a38de3-9a44-4689-bc00-9beb48349209.jpg?v=1793536257"},{"product_id":"2-shelf-table-trolley-850x435mm-150-kg-load-capacity-beech-shelves","title":"2 Shelf Table Trolley 850x435mm – 150 kg Load Capacity, Beech Shelves","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis 2 shelf table trolley is a versatile mobile storage and transport unit designed for offices, workshops, light warehousing, and service environments, supplied by AB Handling. Built with an electro-galvanised steel frame and beech laminate shelves, it delivers a durable and clean platform for everyday utility use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features an ergonomic plastic-sheathed push handle for a secure and comfortable grip. Mobility is provided by four 100 mm swivel castors fitted with non-marking thermoplastic rubber tyres, ensuring smooth transit across commercial flooring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 850 (L) x 435 (W) x 950 (H) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf dimensions: 760 (L) x 430 (W) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal load capacity: 150 kg static load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf load capacity: 75 kg per shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower shelf height: 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper shelf height: 720 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance between shelves: 510 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame: Electro-galvanised steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: Beech laminate finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle: Ergonomic plastic-sheathed push handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 4 x 100 mm swivel castors with non-marking thermoplastic rubber tyres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit weight: 12.8 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly: Supplied flat-packed for self-assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe 2 shelf table trolley from AB Handling is an electro-galvanised steel cart fitted with beech laminate shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt measures 850 mm long, 435 mm wide, and 950 mm high, with shelf dimensions of 760 x 430 mm and a 510 mm clearance between tiers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe unit supports a total static load capacity of 150 kg, distributed as 75 kg per shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is equipped with four 100 mm swivel castors featuring non-marking thermoplastic rubber tyres and an ergonomic plastic-sheathed handle for manual handling in offices, workshops, and light warehouses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total static load capacity of 150 kg, supporting up to 75 kg on each shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions and shelf clearance of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 850 (L) x 435 (W) x 950 (H) mm, with individual shelf dimensions of 760 (L) x 430 (W) mm and a clearance of 510 mm between shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 100 mm swivel castors with non-marking thermoplastic rubber tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is supplied flat-packed for straightforward self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total static load capacity of 150 kg, supporting up to 75 kg on each shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions and shelf clearance of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 850 (L) x 435 (W) x 950 (H) mm, with individual shelf dimensions of 760 (L) x 430 (W) mm and a clearance of 510 mm between shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 100 mm swivel castors with non-marking thermoplastic rubber tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is supplied flat-packed for straightforward self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59219410780534,"sku":"KM1720-BO","price":120.39,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_4f979e05-453b-43cb-a2f1-481974a63e6c.jpg?v=1793543817"},{"product_id":"blue-2-tier-shelf-trolley-250kg-capacity-900-x-440mm-shelves","title":"Blue 2 Tier Shelf Trolley, 250kg Capacity, 900 x 440mm Shelves","description":"\u003cp\u003eVersatile and durable two-tier shelf trolley finished in blue powder coating, ideal for warehouses, workshops, retail stockrooms, offices, and catering environments. Built to handle static loads up to 250kg, the two steel shelves can be mounted with the 24mm lip facing upwards to retain contents or downwards for a flush working surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStatic load capacity: 250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H): 1080 x 480 x 940 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf dimensions: 900 x 440 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between shelves: 530 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight to upper shelf: 760 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReversible shelf design (24mm lip up or flush down)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 swivel 125mm non-marking thermo rubber castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 19 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for straightforward self-assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be assembled with lips facing up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be fitted with the 24mm lip upwards to keep goods secure, or downwards for a flat, flush working top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 125mm swivel castors with non-marking thermo rubber tyres for quiet and smooth mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be assembled with lips facing up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be fitted with the 24mm lip upwards to keep goods secure, or downwards for a flat, flush working top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 125mm swivel castors with non-marking thermo rubber tyres for quiet and smooth mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be assembled with lips facing up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be fitted with the 24mm lip upwards to keep goods secure, or downwards for a flat, flush working top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 125mm swivel castors with non-marking thermo rubber tyres for quiet and smooth mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be assembled with lips facing up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be fitted with the 24mm lip upwards to keep goods secure, or downwards for a flat, flush working top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 125mm swivel castors with non-marking thermo rubber tyres for quiet and smooth mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be assembled with lips facing up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be fitted with the 24mm lip upwards to keep goods secure, or downwards for a flat, flush working top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 125mm swivel castors with non-marking thermo rubber tyres for quiet and smooth mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be assembled with lips facing up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be fitted with the 24mm lip upwards to keep goods secure, or downwards for a flat, flush working top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 125mm swivel castors with non-marking thermo rubber tyres for quiet and smooth mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be assembled with lips facing up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be fitted with the 24mm lip upwards to keep goods secure, or downwards for a flat, flush working top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 125mm swivel castors with non-marking thermo rubber tyres for quiet and smooth mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be assembled with lips facing up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be fitted with the 24mm lip upwards to keep goods secure, or downwards for a flat, flush working top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 125mm swivel castors with non-marking thermo rubber tyres for quiet and smooth mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be assembled with lips facing up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be fitted with the 24mm lip upwards to keep goods secure, or downwards for a flat, flush working top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 125mm swivel castors with non-marking thermo rubber tyres for quiet and smooth mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be assembled with lips facing up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be fitted with the 24mm lip upwards to keep goods secure, or downwards for a flat, flush working top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 125mm swivel castors with non-marking thermo rubber tyres for quiet and smooth mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be assembled with lips facing up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be fitted with the 24mm lip upwards to keep goods secure, or downwards for a flat, flush working top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 125mm swivel castors with non-marking thermo rubber tyres for quiet and smooth mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59220866990454,"sku":"KM3105","price":198.47,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_855a14e9-7bf9-412b-9351-9a09f3f26525.jpg?v=1793554715"},{"product_id":"2-shelf-table-trolley-150kg-capacity-blue-euro-trolley-690-x-430-x-750mm","title":"2 Shelf Table Trolley 150kg Capacity – Blue Euro Trolley (690 x 430 x 750mm)","description":"\u003cp\u003eA versatile and compact two-tier mobile table trolley designed for workshops, stockrooms, catering, and office environments. Equipped with two reversible shelves that can be mounted flush or with raised retaining lips, this trolley is ideally proportioned to carry standard 600 x 400 mm Euro containers and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 690 (L) x 430 (W) x 750 (H) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf dimensions: 625 x 414 mm (fits 600 x 400 mm trays)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight to upper shelf: 740 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance between shelves: 480 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal load capacity: 150 kg static load (75 kg per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 2 reversible shelves (mount edge up or flat)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 4 x 100 mm non-marking swivel castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Durable blue powder-coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit weight: 13.0 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for simple assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them suitable for standard 600 x 400 mm containers and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 150 kg, with each shelf supporting up to 75 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted with a raised lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed either edge up as a retaining rim or flat\/flush.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them suitable for standard 600 x 400 mm containers and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 150 kg, with each shelf supporting up to 75 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted with a raised lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed either edge up as a retaining rim or flat\/flush.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them suitable for standard 600 x 400 mm containers and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 150 kg, with each shelf supporting up to 75 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted with a raised lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed either edge up as a retaining rim or flat\/flush.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them suitable for standard 600 x 400 mm containers and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 150 kg, with each shelf supporting up to 75 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted with a raised lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed either edge up as a retaining rim or flat\/flush.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them suitable for standard 600 x 400 mm containers and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 150 kg, with each shelf supporting up to 75 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted with a raised lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed either edge up as a retaining rim or flat\/flush.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them suitable for standard 600 x 400 mm containers and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 150 kg, with each shelf supporting up to 75 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted with a raised lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed either edge up as a retaining rim or flat\/flush.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them suitable for standard 600 x 400 mm containers and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 150 kg, with each shelf supporting up to 75 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted with a raised lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed either edge up as a retaining rim or flat\/flush.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them suitable for standard 600 x 400 mm containers and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 150 kg, with each shelf supporting up to 75 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted with a raised lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed either edge up as a retaining rim or flat\/flush.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them suitable for standard 600 x 400 mm containers and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 150 kg, with each shelf supporting up to 75 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted with a raised lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed either edge up as a retaining rim or flat\/flush.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them suitable for standard 600 x 400 mm containers and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 150 kg, with each shelf supporting up to 75 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted with a raised lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed either edge up as a retaining rim or flat\/flush.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them suitable for standard 600 x 400 mm containers and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 150 kg, with each shelf supporting up to 75 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted with a raised lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed either edge up as a retaining rim or flat\/flush.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them suitable for standard 600 x 400 mm containers and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 150 kg, with each shelf supporting up to 75 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted with a raised lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed either edge up as a retaining rim or flat\/flush.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59220867285366,"sku":"KM3100","price":130.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_41caba2b-d8c1-4e0f-a4c6-e382ad475404.jpg?v=1793554729"},{"product_id":"blue-2-shelf-table-trolley-690-x-430mm-150kg-capacity-roll-table","title":"Blue 2 Shelf Table Trolley 690 x 430mm – 150kg Capacity Roll Table","description":"\u003cp\u003eVersatile and compact two-tier mobile roll table trolley designed for efficient order picking, workshop assembly, and general goods transit. Built with two reversible steel shelves that can be assembled lip up or lip down to suit flat working surfaces or secure item retention, perfectly proportioned to carry standard 600 x 400 mm Euro containers and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 690 mm (L) x 430 mm (W) x 750 mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf dimensions: 625 mm (L) x 414 mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight to upper shelf: 740 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between shelves: 480 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal load capacity: 150 kg (75 kg per shelf evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReversible shelves: mount with raised retaining lip or flat rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSized to accommodate standard 600 x 400 mm trays and Euro containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: 4 x 100 mm swivel castors (2 braked)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable powder-coated blue finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit weight: 14 kg (supplied flat-packed for straightforward self-assembly)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59220867318134,"sku":"KM3100B","price":140.34,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_f4fd182d-d4bd-4410-9e48-e9547136a195.jpg?v=1793554729"},{"product_id":"2-shelf-table-trolley-with-side-rail-935x535mm-250-kg-capacity-blue","title":"2 Shelf Table Trolley with Side Rail 935x535mm – 250 kg Capacity, Blue","description":"\u003cp\u003eHeavy-duty 2-shelf table trolley engineered for smooth handling in warehouses, commercial kitchens, workshops, and offices. Features a 90 mm retaining side rail on each shelf to prevent items from sliding off during transit, paired with four smooth-running swivel castors for effortless manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of shelves: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf dimensions: 935 x 535 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetaining side rail lip: 90 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between shelves: 325 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H): 1130 x 550 x 940 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight to upper shelf: 705 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStatic load capacity: 250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 4 x 125 mm swivel castors (2 with brakes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Powder-coated blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 21.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for easy assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis 2-shelf table trolley features 935 x 535 mm shelves with a 90 mm retaining side rail lip to secure items during transit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt has a static load capacity of 250 kg and is finished in a durable blue powder coating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManoeuvrability is provided by four 125 mm swivel castors, two of which include brakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for assembly, the trolley measures 1130 x 550 x 940 mm overall and weighs 21.5 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this table trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves and the spacing between them?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 935 x 535 mm, with a distance of 325 mm between the lower and upper shelf, and an upper shelf height of 705 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley have retaining edges to stop goods sliding off?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, each shelf is equipped with a 90 mm retaining side rail lip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 125 mm swivel castors, two of which include integrated brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is supplied flat-packed for easy self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59220894548342,"sku":"KM3200B","price":291.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_bd58e7dc-f8b6-4d79-8bea-43b3d09ab9d2.jpg?v=1793555814"},{"product_id":"fully-welded-2-tier-steel-shelf-trolley-1070-x-550mm-400kg-capacity","title":"Fully Welded 2-Tier Steel Shelf Trolley, 1070 x 550mm, 400kg Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eA heavy-duty, fully welded two-tier steel shelf trolley engineered for demanding warehouse, workshop, and industrial applications. Constructed from robust sheet metal with rimless flat shelves, it allows effortless loading and sliding of heavy goods while ensuring maximum frame rigidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1070 x 550 x 1000mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Dimensions (L x W):\u003c\/strong\u003e 940 x 540mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e 540mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight to Upper Shelf:\u003c\/strong\u003e 770mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400kg static load (150kg per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully welded sheet steel, rigid non-flatpack design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 flat levels without rims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable white finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWheels:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160mm solid rubber castors (2 fixed, 2 swivel)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 26kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59221971698038,"sku":"KM4168","price":271.57,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_20c36eab-8d6e-4108-8a92-a45dd8055c11.jpg?v=1793561207"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-2-shelf-trolley-1000x700mm-500-kg-capacity-industrial-table-trolley","title":"Heavy Duty 2 Shelf Trolley 1000x700mm – 500 kg Capacity Industrial Table Trolley","description":"\u003cp\u003eA robust industrial 2-shelf table trolley designed for heavy-duty material handling across warehouses, workshops, and production lines. Constructed with a durable blue steel frame and hard-wearing electro-galvanised shelves, this trolley provides a generous 500 kg total capacity (250 kg per shelf) and moves smoothly on large 200 mm solid rubber castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 1100 mm (L) x 700 mm (W) x 870 mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf platform size: 1000 mm (L) x 700 mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of shelves: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between shelves: 580 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum static load capacity: 500 kg (250 kg per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 200 mm solid rubber (2 fixed, 2 swivel)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Blue powder-coated frame with electro-galvanised steel shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit weight: 57.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat packed for quick and simple self-assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis heavy-duty industrial 2-shelf table trolley from AB Handling measures 1100 mm long, 700 mm wide, and 870 mm high, with 1000 x 700 mm shelf platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt features a maximum static load capacity of 500 kg, supporting up to 250 kg per shelf with a 580 mm clearance between tiers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe unit is constructed from a blue powder-coated steel frame with electro-galvanised steel shelves and weighs 57.5 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility is provided by 200 mm solid rubber castors (2 fixed and 2 swivel), and the unit is supplied flat packed for self-assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this 2-shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 500 kg overall, supporting up to 250 kg per shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions and shelf clearance?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall trolley dimensions are 1100 mm (L) x 700 mm (W) x 870 mm (H). The shelf platform size is 1000 mm (L) x 700 mm (W), and the distance between the two shelves is 580 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat wheels are fitted to this industrial trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 200 mm solid rubber castors, consisting of 2 fixed castors and 2 swivel castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials is the trolley made from?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame is finished with a blue powder coating, and the two shelves are made from hard-wearing electro-galvanised steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is supplied flat packed for quick and simple self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59222299935094,"sku":"KM437-2","price":297.68,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_974144f2-74cf-4319-99e2-3ec906fb833d.jpg?v=1793569018"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-2-shelf-platform-trolley-1000x700mm-500-kg-capacity","title":"Heavy Duty 2 Shelf Platform Trolley 1000x700mm – 500 kg Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eHeavy-duty two-tier platform table trolley engineered for industrial workshops, warehouses, and logistics facilities. Built with a robust steel frame, electro-galvanised finish, and two spacious 1000 x 700 mm shelves delivering a combined 500 kg total load capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H): 1100 x 700 x 870 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Dimensions: 1000 x 700 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Shelves: 580 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Static Load Capacity: 500 kg (250 kg per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 2 heavy-duty tiers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheels: 200 mm solid rubber castors (2 fixed, 2 swivel with brakes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame Finish: Durable blue powder coating and electro-galvanised steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit Weight: 58 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Heavy Duty 2 Shelf Platform Trolley is a two-tier industrial table trolley supplied by AB Handling for workshops, warehouses, and logistics facilities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt features two 1000 x 700 mm shelves with 580 mm clearance between them and an overall size of 1100 x 700 x 870 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt with electro-galvanised steel and a blue powder-coated frame, the trolley supports a total static load capacity of 500 kg (250 kg per shelf).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is equipped with 200 mm solid rubber castors comprising two fixed wheels and two swivel wheels with brakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this platform trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total static load capacity of 500 kg, distributed as 250 kg per shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves and the overall unit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 1000 x 700 mm with 580 mm of space between tiers. The overall unit dimensions are 1100 mm long, 700 mm wide, and 870 mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat wheel configuration does the trolley use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features 200 mm solid rubber castors, configured with two fixed castors and two swivel castors with brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials and finish is the trolley made from?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built with a steel frame featuring an electro-galvanised finish and durable blue powder coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59222313238902,"sku":"KM437-2B","price":308.87,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_859f41dc-f31c-44c3-a1bd-648bf73f7eff.jpg?v=1793569362"},{"product_id":"2-shelf-table-trolley-with-side-rails-935x535mm-250-kg-capacity-1","title":"2 Shelf Table Trolley with Side Rails, 935x535mm – 250 kg Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis heavy-duty two-tier shelf table trolley is constructed from robust electro-galvanised steel and features 90 mm deep side rails to prevent goods from sliding off during transport. Ideal for smooth and efficient material handling in warehouses, workshops, stockrooms, catering facilities, and offices, it supports a static load capacity of up to 250 kg while gliding effortlessly on four swivel non-marking thermo-rubber castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 1130 mm (L) x 550 mm (W) x 940 mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf platform dimensions: 935 mm (L) x 535 mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of shelves: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between shelves: 325 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper shelf height: 705 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetaining side rail \/ lip height: 90 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum static load capacity: 250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Electro-galvanised steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 4 x 125 mm swivel castors with non-marking thermo-rubber tyres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 21.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for quick, straightforward assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis two-tier shelf table trolley from AB Handling is manufactured from electro-galvanised steel and features 935 x 535 mm shelf platforms with 90 mm retaining side rails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe trolley measures 1130 mm (L) x 550 mm (W) x 940 mm (H) overall and supports a maximum static load capacity of up to 250 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngineered for material handling across warehouses, workshops, stockrooms, catering areas, and offices, it is fitted with four 125 mm swivel castors featuring non-marking thermo-rubber tyres.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load capacity of up to 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves and the overall unit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelf platforms measure 935 mm (L) x 535 mm (W), and the overall trolley dimensions are 1130 mm (L) x 550 mm (W) x 940 mm (H).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the clearance between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe vertical distance between the two shelves is 325 mm, and the upper shelf sits at a height of 705 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat wheels are fitted to this table trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125 mm swivel castors fitted with non-marking thermo-rubber tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley has a net weight of 21.5 kg and is supplied flat-packed for quick and straightforward assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59222348661110,"sku":"KM4893-GB","price":281.97,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_c28b39cd-105d-4958-a2b5-df562b1694da.jpg?v=1793570452"},{"product_id":"yellow-2-shelf-euro-trolley-150kg-capacity-690-x-430-x-750mm","title":"Yellow 2 Shelf Euro Trolley 150kg Capacity – 690 x 430 x 750mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eA versatile and mobile yellow table trolley designed for workshops, warehouses, stockrooms, and commercial environments. Featuring two reversible shelves suited for standard 600 x 400 mm Euro containers, shelves can be assembled with a retaining lip facing up or flat facing down to suit your application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions: 690 mm (L) x 430 mm (W) x 750 mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Dimensions: 625 x 414 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight to Upper Shelf: 740 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Shelves: 480 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Static Load Capacity: 150 kg (75 kg per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 2 reversible shelves (fit 600 x 400 mm Euro containers or tote boxes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheels: 100 mm swivel castors (4 swivel, 2 braked)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit Weight: 14 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for easy assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59222356361590,"sku":"KM5100B","price":140.34,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_42f8bab1-6106-4b80-b261-c3a2064ccafe.jpg?v=1793570796"},{"product_id":"2-shelf-table-trolley-with-side-rail-250-kg-capacity-935x535mm-shelves","title":"2 Shelf Table Trolley with Side Rail – 250 kg Capacity, 935x535mm Shelves","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis electro-galvanised 2 shelf table trolley is designed for secure material movement and utility handling across warehouses, workshops, catering environments, and offices, supplied by AB Handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuilt from durable electro-galvanised steel, the cart features 90 mm retaining side rails on each shelf to prevent items from slipping during transport. It moves smoothly on four 125 mm thermo rubber non-marking swivel castors, two of which feature integrated brakes to hold the trolley securely in position when stationary.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit arrives flat-packed for straightforward on-site assembly, providing a durable, versatile transport solution with a static load rating of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStatic load capacity: 250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 1130 mm (L) x 550 mm (W) x 940 mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf dimensions: 935 mm (L) x 535 mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight to upper shelf: 705 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between shelves: 325 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSide rail height: 90 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial finish: Electro-galvanised steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 125 mm thermo rubber non-marking castors (4 swivel, 2 with brakes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly: Supplied flat-packed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 21.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis product is a two-shelf electro-galvanised steel table trolley featuring 90 mm retaining side rails and a 250 kg static load capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions are 1130 mm long by 550 mm wide by 940 mm high, with usable shelf dimensions of 935 mm by 535 mm and 325 mm spacing between tiers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is equipped with four 125 mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors, two fitted with brakes, and weighs 21.5 kg net.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly and is designed for material movement across warehouses, workshops, catering, and offices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this 2 shelf table trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a static load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 935 mm in length by 535 mm in width, with a 325 mm gap between the lower and upper shelf, and 90 mm retaining side rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit features 125 mm thermo rubber non-marking castors, consisting of four swivel castors with two integrated brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered fully assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is supplied flat-packed for quick and easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59222356427126,"sku":"KM4893-GBB","price":291.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_8959620a-3be2-4381-a24f-108484bd875c.jpg?v=1793570797"},{"product_id":"fully-welded-2-tier-shelf-trolley-940-x-440mm-shelves-400kg-capacity-electro-galvanised","title":"Fully Welded 2-Tier Shelf Trolley, 940 x 440mm Shelves, 400kg Capacity, Electro Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003eA fully welded heavy-duty sheet metal shelf trolley from AB Handling, engineered for workshops, industrial stockrooms, and warehouse operations. Built with two fixed sheet metal shelves featuring raised retaining rims, this robust unit handles heavier tools, components, and goods with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1080 (L) x 450 (W) x 1000 (H) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 940 (L) x 440 (W) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop Shelf Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 770 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e 540 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Static Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 kg per shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully welded sheet metal with raised shelf rims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hardwearing electro-galvanised steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastors:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160mm solid rubber tyres (2 fixed, 2 swivel)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59222489235830,"sku":"KM4133-E","price":245.43,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_72ef9806-d024-4818-88ae-c2ada547fca2.jpg?v=1793576205"},{"product_id":"2-tier-shelf-trolley-250kg-capacity-900-x-440mm-shelves-electro-galvanised","title":"2 Tier Shelf Trolley 250kg Capacity, 900 x 440mm Shelves, Electro Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003eA versatile and robust 2 tier shelf trolley engineered for warehouses, workshops, retail stockrooms, and commercial environments. Built with a durable electro-galvanised steel frame, it supports loads up to 250kg across two generous shelves that can be mounted with the 24mm retaining lip facing up or down.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStatic Load Capacity: 250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H): 1080 x 480 x 940 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Dimensions (L x W): 900 x 440 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight to Upper Shelf: 760 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Shelves: 530 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReversible Shelves: 24 mm lip can be fitted facing up (retaining tray) or down (flat deck)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Electro-galvanised steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 125 mm non-marking thermoplastic rubber (4 swivel, 2 with brakes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit Weight: 21.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for straightforward assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59222558278006,"sku":"KM4105-EB","price":208.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_81fde601-1ea2-44e6-bf5a-973af80335eb.jpg?v=1793580890"},{"product_id":"blue-2-tier-shelf-trolley-250kg-capacity-reversible-shelves-1080-x-480mm","title":"Blue 2 Tier Shelf Trolley 250kg Capacity Reversible Shelves 1080 x 480mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eA versatile and durable two-tier shelf trolley finished in high-visibility blue powder coating, ideal for warehouses, workshops, retail stockrooms, and commercial environments. Features two 900 x 440mm shelves that can be mounted with a 24mm retaining lip facing up to contain items or facing down for a flat surface, with 530mm clearance between tiers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H): 1080 x 480 x 940 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf dimensions: 900 x 440 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight to upper shelf: 760 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between shelves: 530 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReversible shelf trays with 24 mm retaining lip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum static load capacity: 250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour 125 mm non-marking thermo-rubber swivel castors (two braked)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable powder-coated blue steel frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for straightforward assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 21.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted lip up or lip down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, both 900 x 440 mm shelves can be mounted with the 24 mm lip facing upwards to prevent items slipping off, or facing down for a flush flat surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 125 mm thermo-rubber non-marking swivel castors, two of which are equipped with foot brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is supplied flat-packed in a compact carton for quick and easy bolt-together assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted lip up or lip down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, both 900 x 440 mm shelves can be mounted with the 24 mm lip facing upwards to prevent items slipping off, or facing down for a flush flat surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 125 mm thermo-rubber non-marking swivel castors, two of which are equipped with foot brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is supplied flat-packed in a compact carton for quick and easy bolt-together assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted lip up or lip down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, both 900 x 440 mm shelves can be mounted with the 24 mm lip facing upwards to prevent items slipping off, or facing down for a flush flat surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 125 mm thermo-rubber non-marking swivel castors, two of which are equipped with foot brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is supplied flat-packed in a compact carton for quick and easy bolt-together assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted lip up or lip down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, both 900 x 440 mm shelves can be mounted with the 24 mm lip facing upwards to prevent items slipping off, or facing down for a flush flat surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 125 mm thermo-rubber non-marking swivel castors, two of which are equipped with foot brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is supplied flat-packed in a compact carton for quick and easy bolt-together assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted lip up or lip down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, both 900 x 440 mm shelves can be mounted with the 24 mm lip facing upwards to prevent items slipping off, or facing down for a flush flat surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 125 mm thermo-rubber non-marking swivel castors, two of which are equipped with foot brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is supplied flat-packed in a compact carton for quick and easy bolt-together assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted lip up or lip down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, both 900 x 440 mm shelves can be mounted with the 24 mm lip facing upwards to prevent items slipping off, or facing down for a flush flat surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 125 mm thermo-rubber non-marking swivel castors, two of which are equipped with foot brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is supplied flat-packed in a compact carton for quick and easy bolt-together assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted lip up or lip down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, both 900 x 440 mm shelves can be mounted with the 24 mm lip facing upwards to prevent items slipping off, or facing down for a flush flat surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 125 mm thermo-rubber non-marking swivel castors, two of which are equipped with foot brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is supplied flat-packed in a compact carton for quick and easy bolt-together assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted lip up or lip down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, both 900 x 440 mm shelves can be mounted with the 24 mm lip facing upwards to prevent items slipping off, or facing down for a flush flat surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 125 mm thermo-rubber non-marking swivel castors, two of which are equipped with foot brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is supplied flat-packed in a compact carton for quick and easy bolt-together assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59222693544310,"sku":"KM3105B","price":208.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_c260ea84-3e54-4765-8c04-eeacef42a8ed.jpg?v=1793585202"},{"product_id":"small-2-shelf-table-trolley-150kg-capacity-fully-welded-service-trolley-840-x-430mm","title":"Small 2 Shelf Table Trolley – 150kg Capacity Fully Welded Service Trolley (840 x 430mm)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis fully welded small table trolley from AB Handling provides a robust and reliable transport solution for offices, schools, retail stores, and commercial catering environments. Constructed with a rigid red tubular steel frame and two easy-to-clean white laminate shelves, it delivers exceptional stability and effortless hygiene in daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStatic Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 840 mm (L) x 430 mm (W) x 970 mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 755 mm (L) x 430 mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 durable, wipe-clean laminate shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully welded tubular steel finished in durable red powder coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied fully welded and assembled (non-flatpack)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastors:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 x 100 mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors (2 braked)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this table trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is engineered to carry a static load capacity of up to 150 kg distributed across its two shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this table trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley features a fully welded steel construction and arrives completely assembled and ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe white laminate shelves measure 755 mm in length by 430 mm in width.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 100 mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors, two of which are fitted with foot brakes for secure positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this table trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is engineered to carry a static load capacity of up to 150 kg distributed across its two shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this table trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley features a fully welded steel construction and arrives completely assembled and ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe white laminate shelves measure 755 mm in length by 430 mm in width.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 100 mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors, two of which are fitted with foot brakes for secure positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this table trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is engineered to carry a static load capacity of up to 150 kg distributed across its two shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this table trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley features a fully welded steel construction and arrives completely assembled and ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe white laminate shelves measure 755 mm in length by 430 mm in width.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 100 mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors, two of which are fitted with foot brakes for secure positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this table trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is engineered to carry a static load capacity of up to 150 kg distributed across its two shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this table trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley features a fully welded steel construction and arrives completely assembled and ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe white laminate shelves measure 755 mm in length by 430 mm in width.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 100 mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors, two of which are fitted with foot brakes for secure positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this table trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is engineered to carry a static load capacity of up to 150 kg distributed across its two shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this table trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley features a fully welded steel construction and arrives completely assembled and ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe white laminate shelves measure 755 mm in length by 430 mm in width.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 100 mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors, two of which are fitted with foot brakes for secure positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this table trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is engineered to carry a static load capacity of up to 150 kg distributed across its two shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this table trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley features a fully welded steel construction and arrives completely assembled and ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe white laminate shelves measure 755 mm in length by 430 mm in width.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 100 mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors, two of which are fitted with foot brakes for secure positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this table trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is engineered to carry a static load capacity of up to 150 kg distributed across its two shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this table trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley features a fully welded steel construction and arrives completely assembled and ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe white laminate shelves measure 755 mm in length by 430 mm in width.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 100 mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors, two of which are fitted with foot brakes for secure positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this table trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is engineered to carry a static load capacity of up to 150 kg distributed across its two shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this table trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley features a fully welded steel construction and arrives completely assembled and ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe white laminate shelves measure 755 mm in length by 430 mm in width.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 100 mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors, two of which are fitted with foot brakes for secure positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this table trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is engineered to carry a static load capacity of up to 150 kg distributed across its two shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this table trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley features a fully welded steel construction and arrives completely assembled and ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe white laminate shelves measure 755 mm in length by 430 mm in width.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 100 mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors, two of which are fitted with foot brakes for secure positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59222742303094,"sku":"KM173-1B","price":154.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_df16cf40-d193-4421-9771-b65bee1a829a.jpg?v=1793586646"},{"product_id":"2-shelf-trolley-with-reversible-sheet-metal-trays-250kg-capacity-blue","title":"2 Shelf Trolley with Reversible Sheet Metal Trays - 250kg Capacity - Blue","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 2 Shelf Trolley from AB Handling is a versatile, heavy-duty mobile unit designed for workshops, warehouses, stockrooms, and retail environments. Featuring durable sheet metal construction, each tray shelf can be assembled with edges facing up to contain items securely or inverted flat for seamless loading and unloading. Fitted with four 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors, this trolley ensures smooth, quiet, and effortless manoeuvrability across hard floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H): 1070 x 585 x 940 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Dimensions: 900 x 540 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper Shelf Height: 760 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Load Capacity: 250 kg (Static)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity per Shelf: 125 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 2 reversible sheet metal shelves (edge up or flush)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 4 x 125 mm thermo rubber non-marking swivel castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame \u0026amp; Shelf Finish: Blue powder coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for straightforward self-assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 24.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250kg, with each shelf capable of supporting up to 125kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted with a flat surface?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves are reversible and can be mounted with the raised rim facing upwards to contain items, or facing down for a flush, flat working surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm thermo rubber swivel castors that are non-marking and provide quiet, smooth handling on smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient transport and includes all necessary fixings for quick self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250kg, with each shelf capable of supporting up to 125kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted with a flat surface?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves are reversible and can be mounted with the raised rim facing upwards to contain items, or facing down for a flush, flat working surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm thermo rubber swivel castors that are non-marking and provide quiet, smooth handling on smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient transport and includes all necessary fixings for quick self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250kg, with each shelf capable of supporting up to 125kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted with a flat surface?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves are reversible and can be mounted with the raised rim facing upwards to contain items, or facing down for a flush, flat working surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm thermo rubber swivel castors that are non-marking and provide quiet, smooth handling on smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient transport and includes all necessary fixings for quick self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250kg, with each shelf capable of supporting up to 125kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted with a flat surface?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves are reversible and can be mounted with the raised rim facing upwards to contain items, or facing down for a flush, flat working surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm thermo rubber swivel castors that are non-marking and provide quiet, smooth handling on smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient transport and includes all necessary fixings for quick self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250kg, with each shelf capable of supporting up to 125kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted with a flat surface?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves are reversible and can be mounted with the raised rim facing upwards to contain items, or facing down for a flush, flat working surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm thermo rubber swivel castors that are non-marking and provide quiet, smooth handling on smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient transport and includes all necessary fixings for quick self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250kg, with each shelf capable of supporting up to 125kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted with a flat surface?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves are reversible and can be mounted with the raised rim facing upwards to contain items, or facing down for a flush, flat working surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm thermo rubber swivel castors that are non-marking and provide quiet, smooth handling on smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient transport and includes all necessary fixings for quick self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250kg, with each shelf capable of supporting up to 125kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted with a flat surface?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves are reversible and can be mounted with the raised rim facing upwards to contain items, or facing down for a flush, flat working surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm thermo rubber swivel castors that are non-marking and provide quiet, smooth handling on smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient transport and includes all necessary fixings for quick self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250kg, with each shelf capable of supporting up to 125kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted with a flat surface?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves are reversible and can be mounted with the raised rim facing upwards to contain items, or facing down for a flush, flat working surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm thermo rubber swivel castors that are non-marking and provide quiet, smooth handling on smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient transport and includes all necessary fixings for quick self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250kg, with each shelf capable of supporting up to 125kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted with a flat surface?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves are reversible and can be mounted with the raised rim facing upwards to contain items, or facing down for a flush, flat working surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm thermo rubber swivel castors that are non-marking and provide quiet, smooth handling on smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient transport and includes all necessary fixings for quick self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250kg, with each shelf capable of supporting up to 125kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted with a flat surface?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves are reversible and can be mounted with the raised rim facing upwards to contain items, or facing down for a flush, flat working surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm thermo rubber swivel castors that are non-marking and provide quiet, smooth handling on smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient transport and includes all necessary fixings for quick self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250kg, with each shelf capable of supporting up to 125kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted with a flat surface?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves are reversible and can be mounted with the raised rim facing upwards to contain items, or facing down for a flush, flat working surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm thermo rubber swivel castors that are non-marking and provide quiet, smooth handling on smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient transport and includes all necessary fixings for quick self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59222751215990,"sku":"KM4147-B","price":207.82,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_2cb0301d-4b2c-4607-9b33-30668c33c458.jpg?v=1793587004"},{"product_id":"fully-welded-2-tier-shelf-trolley-400kg-capacity-electro-galvanised-940-x-540mm-shelves","title":"Fully Welded 2 Tier Shelf Trolley, 400kg Capacity, Electro-Galvanised, 940 x 540mm Shelves","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis heavy-duty fully welded 2-level shelf trolley is manufactured from robust sheet metal with an electro-galvanised finish. Designed with flat shelves without raised rims, it enables quick, slide-on loading and unloading of heavy tools, components, and containers across warehouses, workshops, and industrial facilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1070mm (L) x 550mm (W) x 1000mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 940mm (L) x 540mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 rimless sheet metal shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStatic Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400kg (150kg uniform distributed load per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Clearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 540mm distance between shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpper Shelf Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 770mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastors:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160mm solid rubber castors (2 fixed, 2 swivel)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Electro-galvanised steel for corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully welded, ready-to-use frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 26kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 400kg, with each individual shelf capable of carrying up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm in length by 540mm in width, with a 540mm clearance between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley arrives fully welded and ready for immediate operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 160mm solid rubber castors in a 2-fixed and 2-swivel configuration for reliable manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 400kg, with each individual shelf capable of carrying up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm in length by 540mm in width, with a 540mm clearance between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley arrives fully welded and ready for immediate operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 160mm solid rubber castors in a 2-fixed and 2-swivel configuration for reliable manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 400kg, with each individual shelf capable of carrying up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm in length by 540mm in width, with a 540mm clearance between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley arrives fully welded and ready for immediate operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 160mm solid rubber castors in a 2-fixed and 2-swivel configuration for reliable manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 400kg, with each individual shelf capable of carrying up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm in length by 540mm in width, with a 540mm clearance between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley arrives fully welded and ready for immediate operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 160mm solid rubber castors in a 2-fixed and 2-swivel configuration for reliable manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 400kg, with each individual shelf capable of carrying up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm in length by 540mm in width, with a 540mm clearance between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley arrives fully welded and ready for immediate operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 160mm solid rubber castors in a 2-fixed and 2-swivel configuration for reliable manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 400kg, with each individual shelf capable of carrying up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm in length by 540mm in width, with a 540mm clearance between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley arrives fully welded and ready for immediate operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 160mm solid rubber castors in a 2-fixed and 2-swivel configuration for reliable manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 400kg, with each individual shelf capable of carrying up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm in length by 540mm in width, with a 540mm clearance between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley arrives fully welded and ready for immediate operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 160mm solid rubber castors in a 2-fixed and 2-swivel configuration for reliable manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 400kg, with each individual shelf capable of carrying up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm in length by 540mm in width, with a 540mm clearance between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley arrives fully welded and ready for immediate operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 160mm solid rubber castors in a 2-fixed and 2-swivel configuration for reliable manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 400kg, with each individual shelf capable of carrying up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm in length by 540mm in width, with a 540mm clearance between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley arrives fully welded and ready for immediate operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 160mm solid rubber castors in a 2-fixed and 2-swivel configuration for reliable manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 400kg, with each individual shelf capable of carrying up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm in length by 540mm in width, with a 540mm clearance between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley arrives fully welded and ready for immediate operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 160mm solid rubber castors in a 2-fixed and 2-swivel configuration for reliable manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 400kg, with each individual shelf capable of carrying up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm in length by 540mm in width, with a 540mm clearance between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley arrives fully welded and ready for immediate operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 160mm solid rubber castors in a 2-fixed and 2-swivel configuration for reliable manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 400kg, with each individual shelf capable of carrying up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm in length by 540mm in width, with a 540mm clearance between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley arrives fully welded and ready for immediate operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 160mm solid rubber castors in a 2-fixed and 2-swivel configuration for reliable manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59231854526838,"sku":"KM4168-E","price":272.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_23c58a5b-e9a5-4bcf-b77b-fe3403c3e103.jpg?v=1793652286"},{"product_id":"fully-welded-2-shelf-trolley-400kg-capacity-1070-x-550mm","title":"Fully Welded 2 Shelf Trolley, 400kg Capacity, 1070 x 550mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eA heavy-duty, fully welded steel shelf trolley designed for transporting heavy parts, tools, and materials across industrial environments, workshops, and warehouses. Constructed from robust sheet metal with rimless flat shelves, it provides quick, unobstructed slide-on loading and unloading for bulky objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal static load capacity: 400 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndividual shelf load capacity: 150 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo robust flat sheet metal shelves without rims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf dimensions: 940 mm (L) x 540 mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 1070 mm (L) x 550 mm (W) x 1000 mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight to upper shelf: 770 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance distance between shelves: 540 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitted with 4 solid rubber 160 mm castors (2 fixed, 2 swivel)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable powder-coated blue finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully welded construction – supplied assembled, ready for immediate use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59231854625142,"sku":"KM4168-B","price":272.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_fc2397eb-6143-49b7-aa7d-13cc64fd16b5.jpg?v=1793652296"},{"product_id":"2-shelf-table-trolley-with-side-rail-935x535mm-250-kg-capacity-1","title":"2 Shelf Table Trolley with Side Rail 935x535mm – 250 kg Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe AB Handling two-shelf table trolley is designed for safe and efficient material handling in warehouses, workshops, offices, and catering environments. Equipped with 90 mm retaining side rails, it ensures goods remain securely on the shelves during transit while providing a robust 250 kg static load capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStatic Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 935 x 535 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e 325 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLip \/ Side Rail Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight to Upper Shelf:\u003c\/strong\u003e 705 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1130 x 550 x 940 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastors:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 x 125 mm swivel castors (2 braked)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrimary Colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied flat-packed for easy assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe 2-shelf table trolley from AB Handling features 935 x 535 mm shelves with 90 mm retaining side rails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt provides a static load capacity of 250 kg and overall dimensions of 1130 x 550 x 940 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility is provided by four 125 mm swivel castors, two of which are fitted with brakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe trolley is finished in white, weighs 21.5 kg, and is supplied flat-packed for assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a static load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions and the distance between shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 935 x 535 mm with a clearance distance of 325 mm between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125 mm swivel castors, two of which have integrated brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a static load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions and the distance between shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 935 x 535 mm with a clearance distance of 325 mm between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125 mm swivel castors, two of which have integrated brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a static load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions and the distance between shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 935 x 535 mm with a clearance distance of 325 mm between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125 mm swivel castors, two of which have integrated brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a static load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions and the distance between shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 935 x 535 mm with a clearance distance of 325 mm between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125 mm swivel castors, two of which have integrated brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a static load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions and the distance between shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 935 x 535 mm with a clearance distance of 325 mm between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125 mm swivel castors, two of which have integrated brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a static load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions and the distance between shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 935 x 535 mm with a clearance distance of 325 mm between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125 mm swivel castors, two of which have integrated brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a static load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions and the distance between shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 935 x 535 mm with a clearance distance of 325 mm between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125 mm swivel castors, two of which have integrated brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a static load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions and the distance between shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 935 x 535 mm with a clearance distance of 325 mm between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125 mm swivel castors, two of which have integrated brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a static load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions and the distance between shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 935 x 535 mm with a clearance distance of 325 mm between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125 mm swivel castors, two of which have integrated brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a static load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions and the distance between shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 935 x 535 mm with a clearance distance of 325 mm between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125 mm swivel castors, two of which have integrated brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a static load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions and the distance between shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 935 x 535 mm with a clearance distance of 325 mm between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125 mm swivel castors, two of which have integrated brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a static load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions and the distance between shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 935 x 535 mm with a clearance distance of 325 mm between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125 mm swivel castors, two of which have integrated brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a static load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions and the distance between shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 935 x 535 mm with a clearance distance of 325 mm between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125 mm swivel castors, two of which have integrated brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a static load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions and the distance between shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 935 x 535 mm with a clearance distance of 325 mm between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125 mm swivel castors, two of which have integrated brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a static load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions and the distance between shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 935 x 535 mm with a clearance distance of 325 mm between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125 mm swivel castors, two of which have integrated brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a static load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions and the distance between shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 935 x 535 mm with a clearance distance of 325 mm between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125 mm swivel castors, two of which have integrated brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59231866126710,"sku":"KM4200B","price":292.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_256ecf2c-7fdb-46ff-9831-ca396ede3c65.jpg?v=1793652657"},{"product_id":"2-shelf-design-service-trolley-mahogany-black-250kg-capacity-1100-x-430-x-940mm","title":"2-Shelf Design Service Trolley, Mahogany \u0026 Black, 250kg Capacity, 1100 x 430 x 940mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn elegant and exclusive design service trolley engineered for professional hospitality, corporate, and retail environments. Featuring premium mahogany laminated shelves with a sleek black frame, this trolley provides a sophisticated solution for serving customers, handling conference refreshments, or moving materials with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 1100mm (L) x 430mm (W) x 940mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf dimensions: 950mm (L) x 430mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight to upper shelf: 780mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStatic load capacity: 250 kg (125 kg per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 high-quality laminated shelves in a rich mahogany finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable black steel framework\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitted with 4 smooth-running 125mm swivel castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for straightforward assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 26 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this service trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250 kg, with each shelf supporting up to 125 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe usable shelf dimensions are 950 mm in length by 430 mm in width.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a single compact carton for fast and straightforward self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is equipped with four 125mm diameter unbraked design swivel castors for effortless multi-directional movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this service trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250 kg, with each shelf supporting up to 125 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe usable shelf dimensions are 950 mm in length by 430 mm in width.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a single compact carton for fast and straightforward self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is equipped with four 125mm diameter unbraked design swivel castors for effortless multi-directional movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this service trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250 kg, with each shelf supporting up to 125 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe usable shelf dimensions are 950 mm in length by 430 mm in width.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a single compact carton for fast and straightforward self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is equipped with four 125mm diameter unbraked design swivel castors for effortless multi-directional movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this service trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250 kg, with each shelf supporting up to 125 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe usable shelf dimensions are 950 mm in length by 430 mm in width.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a single compact carton for fast and straightforward self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is equipped with four 125mm diameter unbraked design swivel castors for effortless multi-directional movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59232943538550,"sku":"KM8112-MA","price":240.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_386b58fa-4a13-470a-a801-3197e6d825af.jpg?v=1793671556"},{"product_id":"design-2-shelf-service-trolley-mahogany-black-250kg-load-1100-x-430-x-940mm","title":"Design 2 Shelf Service Trolley, Mahogany \u0026 Black, 250kg Load, 1100 x 430 x 940mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis premium design 2-tier service trolley offers an elegant and practical mobile presentation solution for dining rooms, conference venues, offices, and retail environments. Finished with stylish mahogany-effect laminated shelves and a durable black frame, it combines sophisticated aesthetics with robust commercial utility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 1100mm (L) x 430mm (W) x 940mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf dimensions: 950mm (L) x 430mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight to upper shelf: 780mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal static load capacity: 250kg (125kg per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of shelves: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: Mahogany laminated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame \u0026amp; primary colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 4 x 125mm swivel designer castors (2 braked)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for straightforward self-assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBox dimensions: 960 x 450 x 120mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 26kg | Gross weight: 28kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this service trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the two shelves supporting up to 125kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the trolley and shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 1100mm (L) x 430mm (W) x 940mm (H), with shelf dimensions of 950mm (L) x 430mm (W). The upper shelf is positioned at a height of 780mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors fitted with brakes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features four 125mm swivel designer castors, two of which are equipped with brakes for stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a compact box measuring 960 x 450 x 120mm for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this service trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the two shelves supporting up to 125kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the trolley and shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 1100mm (L) x 430mm (W) x 940mm (H), with shelf dimensions of 950mm (L) x 430mm (W). The upper shelf is positioned at a height of 780mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors fitted with brakes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features four 125mm swivel designer castors, two of which are equipped with brakes for stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a compact box measuring 960 x 450 x 120mm for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this service trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the two shelves supporting up to 125kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the trolley and shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 1100mm (L) x 430mm (W) x 940mm (H), with shelf dimensions of 950mm (L) x 430mm (W). The upper shelf is positioned at a height of 780mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors fitted with brakes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features four 125mm swivel designer castors, two of which are equipped with brakes for stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a compact box measuring 960 x 450 x 120mm for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this service trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the two shelves supporting up to 125kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the trolley and shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 1100mm (L) x 430mm (W) x 940mm (H), with shelf dimensions of 950mm (L) x 430mm (W). The upper shelf is positioned at a height of 780mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors fitted with brakes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features four 125mm swivel designer castors, two of which are equipped with brakes for stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a compact box measuring 960 x 450 x 120mm for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this service trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the two shelves supporting up to 125kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the trolley and shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 1100mm (L) x 430mm (W) x 940mm (H), with shelf dimensions of 950mm (L) x 430mm (W). The upper shelf is positioned at a height of 780mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors fitted with brakes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features four 125mm swivel designer castors, two of which are equipped with brakes for stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a compact box measuring 960 x 450 x 120mm for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this service trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the two shelves supporting up to 125kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the trolley and shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 1100mm (L) x 430mm (W) x 940mm (H), with shelf dimensions of 950mm (L) x 430mm (W). The upper shelf is positioned at a height of 780mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors fitted with brakes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features four 125mm swivel designer castors, two of which are equipped with brakes for stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a compact box measuring 960 x 450 x 120mm for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this service trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the two shelves supporting up to 125kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the trolley and shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 1100mm (L) x 430mm (W) x 940mm (H), with shelf dimensions of 950mm (L) x 430mm (W). The upper shelf is positioned at a height of 780mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors fitted with brakes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features four 125mm swivel designer castors, two of which are equipped with brakes for stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a compact box measuring 960 x 450 x 120mm for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this service trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the two shelves supporting up to 125kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the trolley and shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 1100mm (L) x 430mm (W) x 940mm (H), with shelf dimensions of 950mm (L) x 430mm (W). The upper shelf is positioned at a height of 780mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors fitted with brakes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features four 125mm swivel designer castors, two of which are equipped with brakes for stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a compact box measuring 960 x 450 x 120mm for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this service trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the two shelves supporting up to 125kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the trolley and shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 1100mm (L) x 430mm (W) x 940mm (H), with shelf dimensions of 950mm (L) x 430mm (W). The upper shelf is positioned at a height of 780mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors fitted with brakes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features four 125mm swivel designer castors, two of which are equipped with brakes for stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a compact box measuring 960 x 450 x 120mm for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this service trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the two shelves supporting up to 125kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the trolley and shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 1100mm (L) x 430mm (W) x 940mm (H), with shelf dimensions of 950mm (L) x 430mm (W). The upper shelf is positioned at a height of 780mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors fitted with brakes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features four 125mm swivel designer castors, two of which are equipped with brakes for stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a compact box measuring 960 x 450 x 120mm for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this service trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the two shelves supporting up to 125kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the trolley and shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 1100mm (L) x 430mm (W) x 940mm (H), with shelf dimensions of 950mm (L) x 430mm (W). The upper shelf is positioned at a height of 780mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors fitted with brakes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features four 125mm swivel designer castors, two of which are equipped with brakes for stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a compact box measuring 960 x 450 x 120mm for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this service trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the two shelves supporting up to 125kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the trolley and shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 1100mm (L) x 430mm (W) x 940mm (H), with shelf dimensions of 950mm (L) x 430mm (W). The upper shelf is positioned at a height of 780mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors fitted with brakes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features four 125mm swivel designer castors, two of which are equipped with brakes for stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a compact box measuring 960 x 450 x 120mm for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this service trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the two shelves supporting up to 125kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the trolley and shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 1100mm (L) x 430mm (W) x 940mm (H), with shelf dimensions of 950mm (L) x 430mm (W). The upper shelf is positioned at a height of 780mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors fitted with brakes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features four 125mm swivel designer castors, two of which are equipped with brakes for stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a compact box measuring 960 x 450 x 120mm for easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59232953991542,"sku":"KM8112-MAB","price":250.63,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_42cd8f07-a97a-4900-a471-0a12ded56689.jpg?v=1793671978"},{"product_id":"fully-welded-2-tier-steel-shelf-trolley-1070-x-550mm-400kg-capacity-blue","title":"Fully Welded 2-Tier Steel Shelf Trolley, 1070 x 550mm, 400kg Capacity, Blue","description":"\u003cp\u003eA robust, fully welded two-tier steel shelf trolley designed for moving heavy items in warehouses, workshops, and commercial environments. Built from durable sheet metal with retaining shelf rims, this trolley offers exceptional rigidity and strength without requiring any assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 1070mm (L) x 550mm (W) x 1000mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall static load capacity: 400kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity per shelf: 150kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of shelves: 2 with protective retaining rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper shelf height: 770mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance distance between shelves: 540mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: Heavy-duty fully welded sheet steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: High-visibility blue powder coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 160mm solid rubber tyres (2 fixed, 2 swivel)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet unit weight: 26kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied fully assembled and ready for use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 400kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded unit and arrives ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe vertical clearance between the bottom and top shelf is 540mm, with the upper shelf set at a height of 770mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features 160mm diameter solid rubber castors configured with 2 fixed and 2 swivel wheels for smooth navigation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 400kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded unit and arrives ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe vertical clearance between the bottom and top shelf is 540mm, with the upper shelf set at a height of 770mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features 160mm diameter solid rubber castors configured with 2 fixed and 2 swivel wheels for smooth navigation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 400kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded unit and arrives ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe vertical clearance between the bottom and top shelf is 540mm, with the upper shelf set at a height of 770mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features 160mm diameter solid rubber castors configured with 2 fixed and 2 swivel wheels for smooth navigation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 400kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded unit and arrives ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe vertical clearance between the bottom and top shelf is 540mm, with the upper shelf set at a height of 770mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features 160mm diameter solid rubber castors configured with 2 fixed and 2 swivel wheels for smooth navigation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 400kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded unit and arrives ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe vertical clearance between the bottom and top shelf is 540mm, with the upper shelf set at a height of 770mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features 160mm diameter solid rubber castors configured with 2 fixed and 2 swivel wheels for smooth navigation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 400kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded unit and arrives ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe vertical clearance between the bottom and top shelf is 540mm, with the upper shelf set at a height of 770mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features 160mm diameter solid rubber castors configured with 2 fixed and 2 swivel wheels for smooth navigation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 400kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded unit and arrives ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe vertical clearance between the bottom and top shelf is 540mm, with the upper shelf set at a height of 770mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features 160mm diameter solid rubber castors configured with 2 fixed and 2 swivel wheels for smooth navigation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 400kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded unit and arrives ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe vertical clearance between the bottom and top shelf is 540mm, with the upper shelf set at a height of 770mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features 160mm diameter solid rubber castors configured with 2 fixed and 2 swivel wheels for smooth navigation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 400kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded unit and arrives ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe vertical clearance between the bottom and top shelf is 540mm, with the upper shelf set at a height of 770mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features 160mm diameter solid rubber castors configured with 2 fixed and 2 swivel wheels for smooth navigation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 400kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded unit and arrives ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe vertical clearance between the bottom and top shelf is 540mm, with the upper shelf set at a height of 770mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features 160mm diameter solid rubber castors configured with 2 fixed and 2 swivel wheels for smooth navigation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 400kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded unit and arrives ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe vertical clearance between the bottom and top shelf is 540mm, with the upper shelf set at a height of 770mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features 160mm diameter solid rubber castors configured with 2 fixed and 2 swivel wheels for smooth navigation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 400kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded unit and arrives ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe vertical clearance between the bottom and top shelf is 540mm, with the upper shelf set at a height of 770mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features 160mm diameter solid rubber castors configured with 2 fixed and 2 swivel wheels for smooth navigation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 400kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded unit and arrives ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe vertical clearance between the bottom and top shelf is 540mm, with the upper shelf set at a height of 770mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features 160mm diameter solid rubber castors configured with 2 fixed and 2 swivel wheels for smooth navigation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 400kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded unit and arrives ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe vertical clearance between the bottom and top shelf is 540mm, with the upper shelf set at a height of 770mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features 160mm diameter solid rubber castors configured with 2 fixed and 2 swivel wheels for smooth navigation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 400kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded unit and arrives ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe vertical clearance between the bottom and top shelf is 540mm, with the upper shelf set at a height of 770mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features 160mm diameter solid rubber castors configured with 2 fixed and 2 swivel wheels for smooth navigation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 400kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded unit and arrives ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe vertical clearance between the bottom and top shelf is 540mm, with the upper shelf set at a height of 770mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features 160mm diameter solid rubber castors configured with 2 fixed and 2 swivel wheels for smooth navigation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 400kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded unit and arrives ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe vertical clearance between the bottom and top shelf is 540mm, with the upper shelf set at a height of 770mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features 160mm diameter solid rubber castors configured with 2 fixed and 2 swivel wheels for smooth navigation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59233052623222,"sku":"KM4175-B","price":272.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_8b51a818-b0ec-4ff9-a7fd-e346ba7569a0.jpg?v=1793674139"},{"product_id":"yellow-2-tier-shelf-trolley-250kg-capacity-1080-x-480mm-1","title":"Yellow 2 Tier Shelf Trolley, 250kg Capacity, 1080 x 480mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis versatile 2-tier yellow shelf trolley is designed for reliable transport and order handling across warehouses, workshops, retail stockrooms, offices, and catering environments. Featuring two versatile shelves that can be mounted with a 24mm retaining lip facing up to keep goods secure or flat facing down for easy slide-on loading, it provides an adaptable solution for everyday handling tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1080mm (L) x 480mm (W) x 940mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 900mm (L) x 440mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight to Upper Shelf:\u003c\/strong\u003e 760mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClearance Between Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e 530mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Lip:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24mm (reversible: lip up or flush down)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250kg static load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 tier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastors:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 x 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied flat packed for straightforward assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted with the rim facing up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are fully reversible and can be assembled with the 24mm lip facing upwards to prevent items from sliding off, or facing down for a flush surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the distance between the two shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere is a 530mm clearance between the lower and upper shelf, accommodating bulky containers and boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill the wheels leave marks on finished floors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is fitted with 125mm thermo rubber non-marking castors suitable for schools, workshops, and commercial premises.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59233175765366,"sku":"KM5105","price":198.94,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_ec27046a-b339-421a-b65a-9b0dc542c832.jpg?v=1793677370"},{"product_id":"2-tier-heavy-duty-shelf-trolley-940-x-540mm-shelves-400kg-capacity-blue-welded-steel","title":"2-Tier Heavy Duty Shelf Trolley, 940 x 540mm Shelves, 400kg Capacity - Blue Welded Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis heavy-duty 2-tier shelf trolley from AB Handling is engineered for demanding workshop, warehouse, and industrial environments. Built with a fully welded sheet metal construction and finished in a durable blue powder coat, it provides a rigid 400kg overall load capacity ideal for safely transporting heavy components, tools, and stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H): 1070 x 550 x 1000mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Dimensions: 940 x 540mm with retaining edge rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Spacing: 540mm clearance between shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Shelf Height: 770mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Load Capacity: 400kg static load (150kg per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: Fully welded steel, supplied fully assembled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 160mm solid rubber wheels (2 fixed, 2 swivel with brakes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 26.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59233193722230,"sku":"KM4168-BB","price":282.28,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_53b41e7f-be25-463c-9415-75c49a0fba70.jpg?v=1793677718"},{"product_id":"esd-2-tier-picking-trolley-1590-x-650mm-300kg-load","title":"ESD 2-Tier Picking Trolley – 1590 x 650mm, 300kg Load","description":"\u003cp\u003eDesigned for safe component handling in static-sensitive environments, this electrostatic discharge (ESD) 2-tier trolley provides reliable, heavy-duty mobile storage. Built with an electro-galvanised steel frame and two ESD-adapted shelves, it features both height-adjustable shelves and an adjustable push handle for tailored ergonomic operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStatic Load Capacity: 300 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions: 1590 (L) x 650 (W) x 1025 (H) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 2 ESD-adapted, height-adjustable shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle: Height-adjustable ergonomic push handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Electro-galvanised steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: Smooth-rolling ESD castors (unbraked)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit Weight: 41 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat makes this trolley ESD safe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features specialised ESD-adapted conductive shelves and grounding castors to safely dissipate electrostatic charges, protecting sensitive electronic components.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelf heights be adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the two ESD shelves can be adjusted to different heights to suit your goods and picking requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum static load capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 300 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the handle adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the ergonomic push handle can be easily adjusted to different heights for comfortable operator use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat makes this trolley ESD safe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features specialised ESD-adapted conductive shelves and grounding castors to safely dissipate electrostatic charges, protecting sensitive electronic components.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelf heights be adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the two ESD shelves can be adjusted to different heights to suit your goods and picking requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum static load capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 300 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the handle adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the ergonomic push handle can be easily adjusted to different heights for comfortable operator use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat makes this trolley ESD safe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features specialised ESD-adapted conductive shelves and grounding castors to safely dissipate electrostatic charges, protecting sensitive electronic components.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelf heights be adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the two ESD shelves can be adjusted to different heights to suit your goods and picking requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum static load capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 300 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the handle adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the ergonomic push handle can be easily adjusted to different heights for comfortable operator use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat makes this trolley ESD safe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features specialised ESD-adapted conductive shelves and grounding castors to safely dissipate electrostatic charges, protecting sensitive electronic components.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelf heights be adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the two ESD shelves can be adjusted to different heights to suit your goods and picking requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum static load capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 300 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the handle adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the ergonomic push handle can be easily adjusted to different heights for comfortable operator use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat makes this trolley ESD safe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features specialised ESD-adapted conductive shelves and grounding castors to safely dissipate electrostatic charges, protecting sensitive electronic components.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelf heights be adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the two ESD shelves can be adjusted to different heights to suit your goods and picking requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum static load capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 300 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the handle adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the ergonomic push handle can be easily adjusted to different heights for comfortable operator use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat makes this trolley ESD safe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features specialised ESD-adapted conductive shelves and grounding castors to safely dissipate electrostatic charges, protecting sensitive electronic components.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelf heights be adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the two ESD shelves can be adjusted to different heights to suit your goods and picking requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum static load capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 300 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the handle adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the ergonomic push handle can be easily adjusted to different heights for comfortable operator use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59245199819126,"sku":"KM9000-2L-ESD","price":719.27,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_8be2879b-19b4-45a5-b84e-39a887005ff1.jpg?v=1793800495"},{"product_id":"2-tier-heavy-duty-platform-trolley-1000x600mm-shelves-500-kg-capacity","title":"2-Tier Heavy-Duty Platform Trolley 1000x600mm Shelves – 500 kg Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis heavy-duty 2-tier platform trolley is engineered for reliable material handling across warehouses, industrial workshops, and stockrooms. Built with a tough powder-coated steel frame and hardwearing black MDF platforms, it safely transports loads up to 500 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1100 mm (L) x 600 mm (W) x 890 mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 mm (L) x 600 mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 kg static load (250 kg per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 black MDF shelves with 580 mm clearance between levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower Shelf Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 240 mm from ground\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame \u0026amp; Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Robust tubular steel in blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastors:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 mm solid rubber wheels (2 fixed, 2 swivel)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 27.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied flat-packed for quick and easy assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis heavy-duty 2-tier platform trolley from AB Handling features 1000 x 600 mm black MDF shelves and a blue powder-coated tubular steel frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt supports a maximum static load capacity of 500 kg, providing 250 kg per shelf with a 580 mm clearance between levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe trolley is equipped with four 200 mm solid rubber castors (two fixed and two swivel) for warehouse, workshop, and stockroom transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWith an overall footprint of 1100 x 600 x 890 mm and a unit weight of 27.5 kg, it is supplied flat-packed for quick assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of each shelf?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf holds up to 250 kg, giving the trolley a total static load capacity of 500 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions and clearance between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 1000 mm in length by 600 mm in width, with a 580 mm clearance between the upper and lower tiers. The lower shelf sits 240 mm from the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted to this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with 200 mm solid rubber wheels, configured with two fixed castors and two swivel castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered fully assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the unit is supplied flat-packed for quick and easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of each shelf?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf holds up to 250 kg, giving the trolley a total static load capacity of 500 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions and clearance between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 1000 mm in length by 600 mm in width, with a 580 mm clearance between the upper and lower tiers. The lower shelf sits 240 mm from the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted to this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with 200 mm solid rubber wheels, configured with two fixed castors and two swivel castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered fully assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the unit is supplied flat-packed for quick and easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of each shelf?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf holds up to 250 kg, giving the trolley a total static load capacity of 500 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions and clearance between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 1000 mm in length by 600 mm in width, with a 580 mm clearance between the upper and lower tiers. The lower shelf sits 240 mm from the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted to this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with 200 mm solid rubber wheels, configured with two fixed castors and two swivel castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered fully assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the unit is supplied flat-packed for quick and easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of each shelf?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf holds up to 250 kg, giving the trolley a total static load capacity of 500 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions and clearance between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 1000 mm in length by 600 mm in width, with a 580 mm clearance between the upper and lower tiers. The lower shelf sits 240 mm from the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted to this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with 200 mm solid rubber wheels, configured with two fixed castors and two swivel castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered fully assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the unit is supplied flat-packed for quick and easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of each shelf?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf holds up to 250 kg, giving the trolley a total static load capacity of 500 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions and clearance between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 1000 mm in length by 600 mm in width, with a 580 mm clearance between the upper and lower tiers. The lower shelf sits 240 mm from the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted to this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with 200 mm solid rubber wheels, configured with two fixed castors and two swivel castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered fully assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the unit is supplied flat-packed for quick and easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of each shelf?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf holds up to 250 kg, giving the trolley a total static load capacity of 500 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions and clearance between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 1000 mm in length by 600 mm in width, with a 580 mm clearance between the upper and lower tiers. The lower shelf sits 240 mm from the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted to this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with 200 mm solid rubber wheels, configured with two fixed castors and two swivel castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered fully assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the unit is supplied flat-packed for quick and easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of each shelf?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf holds up to 250 kg, giving the trolley a total static load capacity of 500 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions and clearance between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 1000 mm in length by 600 mm in width, with a 580 mm clearance between the upper and lower tiers. The lower shelf sits 240 mm from the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted to this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with 200 mm solid rubber wheels, configured with two fixed castors and two swivel castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered fully assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the unit is supplied flat-packed for quick and easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of each shelf?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf holds up to 250 kg, giving the trolley a total static load capacity of 500 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions and clearance between the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelves measure 1000 mm in length by 600 mm in width, with a 580 mm clearance between the upper and lower tiers. The lower shelf sits 240 mm from the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted to this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with 200 mm solid rubber wheels, configured with two fixed castors and two swivel castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered fully assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the unit is supplied flat-packed for quick and easy assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59245199851894,"sku":"KM337-1","price":218.97,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_0861ad92-bc7a-4fda-8363-2a40b7522227.jpg?v=1793800495"},{"product_id":"serie-8000-2-shelf-picking-trolley-1000x397mm-shelves-250kg-capacity","title":"Serie 8000 2-Shelf Picking Trolley – 1000x397mm Shelves, 250kg Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Serie 8000 2-Shelf Picking Trolley is an ergonomic and versatile order picking solution engineered for warehouses, logistics hubs, workshops, and retail operations. Built with a durable electro-galvanised steel frame and tough white laminate composite shelving, it delivers dependable durability in high-demand environments. Both shelves and the ergonomic handle are height-adjustable to suit individual user preferences and diverse load profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H): 1195 x 470 x 1120 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Dimensions: 1000 x 397 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 2 (height adjustable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Capacity: 125 kg per shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Static Load Capacity: 250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame Finish: Electro-galvanised steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: White laminated composite board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle: Fully adjustable ergonomic push handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: Smooth-running swivel castors including braked castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit Weight: 22 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for simple assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250 kg, with each of the two shelves supporting up to 125 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves and handle be adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, both the laminate shelves and the ergonomic push handle are fully height-adjustable to accommodate different load sizes and user requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley include braked castors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley is equipped with braked castors to secure it safely in place during loading and order picking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is the trolley delivered?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is supplied flat-packed in compact cardboard packaging for straightforward on-site assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250 kg, with each of the two shelves supporting up to 125 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves and handle be adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, both the laminate shelves and the ergonomic push handle are fully height-adjustable to accommodate different load sizes and user requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley include braked castors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley is equipped with braked castors to secure it safely in place during loading and order picking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is the trolley delivered?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is supplied flat-packed in compact cardboard packaging for straightforward on-site assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250 kg, with each of the two shelves supporting up to 125 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves and handle be adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, both the laminate shelves and the ergonomic push handle are fully height-adjustable to accommodate different load sizes and user requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley include braked castors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley is equipped with braked castors to secure it safely in place during loading and order picking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is the trolley delivered?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is supplied flat-packed in compact cardboard packaging for straightforward on-site assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250 kg, with each of the two shelves supporting up to 125 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves and handle be adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, both the laminate shelves and the ergonomic push handle are fully height-adjustable to accommodate different load sizes and user requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley include braked castors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley is equipped with braked castors to secure it safely in place during loading and order picking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is the trolley delivered?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is supplied flat-packed in compact cardboard packaging for straightforward on-site assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250 kg, with each of the two shelves supporting up to 125 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves and handle be adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, both the laminate shelves and the ergonomic push handle are fully height-adjustable to accommodate different load sizes and user requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley include braked castors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley is equipped with braked castors to secure it safely in place during loading and order picking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is the trolley delivered?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is supplied flat-packed in compact cardboard packaging for straightforward on-site assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250 kg, with each of the two shelves supporting up to 125 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves and handle be adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, both the laminate shelves and the ergonomic push handle are fully height-adjustable to accommodate different load sizes and user requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley include braked castors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley is equipped with braked castors to secure it safely in place during loading and order picking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is the trolley delivered?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is supplied flat-packed in compact cardboard packaging for straightforward on-site assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250 kg, with each of the two shelves supporting up to 125 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves and handle be adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, both the laminate shelves and the ergonomic push handle are fully height-adjustable to accommodate different load sizes and user requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley include braked castors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley is equipped with braked castors to secure it safely in place during loading and order picking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is the trolley delivered?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is supplied flat-packed in compact cardboard packaging for straightforward on-site assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250 kg, with each of the two shelves supporting up to 125 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves and handle be adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, both the laminate shelves and the ergonomic push handle are fully height-adjustable to accommodate different load sizes and user requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley include braked castors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley is equipped with braked castors to secure it safely in place during loading and order picking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is the trolley delivered?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is supplied flat-packed in compact cardboard packaging for straightforward on-site assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250 kg, with each of the two shelves supporting up to 125 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves and handle be adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, both the laminate shelves and the ergonomic push handle are fully height-adjustable to accommodate different load sizes and user requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley include braked castors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley is equipped with braked castors to secure it safely in place during loading and order picking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is the trolley delivered?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is supplied flat-packed in compact cardboard packaging for straightforward on-site assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 250 kg, with each of the two shelves supporting up to 125 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves and handle be adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, both the laminate shelves and the ergonomic push handle are fully height-adjustable to accommodate different load sizes and user requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley include braked castors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley is equipped with braked castors to secure it safely in place during loading and order picking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is the trolley delivered?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is supplied flat-packed in compact cardboard packaging for straightforward on-site assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59247956951414,"sku":"KM8000-2L-UNB","price":210.48,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_33a88fc8-e608-416e-98f3-68afdc37442e.jpg?v=1793821969"},{"product_id":"esd-2-shelf-trolley-300kg-capacity-1790-x-650mm","title":"ESD 2 Shelf Trolley – 300kg Capacity, 1790 x 650mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis heavy-duty ESD 2-shelf trolley is specifically engineered for static-controlled environments, making it ideal for electronics manufacturing, assembly areas, and clean industrial facilities. Built with an electro-galvanised steel chassis and ESD-adapted shelving, it provides safe electrostatic dissipation alongside robust material transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStatic Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1790 mm (L) x 650 mm (W) x 1025 mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 ESD-adapted shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height-adjustable shelves and ergonomic adjustable push handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Electro-galvanised\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 41 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smooth-running swivel castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this ESD trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 300 kg distributed across its shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the shelves adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features height-adjustable shelves as well as an adjustable ergonomic push handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley suitable for electrostatic-sensitive areas?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is fitted with ESD-adapted shelves designed specifically for static-controlled manufacturing and electronics assembly environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt measures 1790 mm in length, 650 mm in width, and 1025 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this ESD trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 300 kg distributed across its shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the shelves adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features height-adjustable shelves as well as an adjustable ergonomic push handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley suitable for electrostatic-sensitive areas?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is fitted with ESD-adapted shelves designed specifically for static-controlled manufacturing and electronics assembly environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt measures 1790 mm in length, 650 mm in width, and 1025 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this ESD trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 300 kg distributed across its shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the shelves adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features height-adjustable shelves as well as an adjustable ergonomic push handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley suitable for electrostatic-sensitive areas?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is fitted with ESD-adapted shelves designed specifically for static-controlled manufacturing and electronics assembly environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt measures 1790 mm in length, 650 mm in width, and 1025 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this ESD trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 300 kg distributed across its shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the shelves adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features height-adjustable shelves as well as an adjustable ergonomic push handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley suitable for electrostatic-sensitive areas?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is fitted with ESD-adapted shelves designed specifically for static-controlled manufacturing and electronics assembly environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt measures 1790 mm in length, 650 mm in width, and 1025 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this ESD trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 300 kg distributed across its shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the shelves adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features height-adjustable shelves as well as an adjustable ergonomic push handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley suitable for electrostatic-sensitive areas?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is fitted with ESD-adapted shelves designed specifically for static-controlled manufacturing and electronics assembly environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt measures 1790 mm in length, 650 mm in width, and 1025 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this ESD trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 300 kg distributed across its shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the shelves adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features height-adjustable shelves as well as an adjustable ergonomic push handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley suitable for electrostatic-sensitive areas?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is fitted with ESD-adapted shelves designed specifically for static-controlled manufacturing and electronics assembly environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt measures 1790 mm in length, 650 mm in width, and 1025 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this ESD trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 300 kg distributed across its shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the shelves adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features height-adjustable shelves as well as an adjustable ergonomic push handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley suitable for electrostatic-sensitive areas?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is fitted with ESD-adapted shelves designed specifically for static-controlled manufacturing and electronics assembly environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt measures 1790 mm in length, 650 mm in width, and 1025 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this ESD trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 300 kg distributed across its shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the shelves adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features height-adjustable shelves as well as an adjustable ergonomic push handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley suitable for electrostatic-sensitive areas?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is fitted with ESD-adapted shelves designed specifically for static-controlled manufacturing and electronics assembly environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt measures 1790 mm in length, 650 mm in width, and 1025 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this ESD trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 300 kg distributed across its shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the shelves adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features height-adjustable shelves as well as an adjustable ergonomic push handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley suitable for electrostatic-sensitive areas?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is fitted with ESD-adapted shelves designed specifically for static-controlled manufacturing and electronics assembly environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt measures 1790 mm in length, 650 mm in width, and 1025 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this ESD trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 300 kg distributed across its shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the shelves adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features height-adjustable shelves as well as an adjustable ergonomic push handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley suitable for electrostatic-sensitive areas?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is fitted with ESD-adapted shelves designed specifically for static-controlled manufacturing and electronics assembly environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt measures 1790 mm in length, 650 mm in width, and 1025 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the static load capacity of this ESD trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 300 kg distributed across its shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the shelves adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features height-adjustable shelves as well as an adjustable ergonomic push handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley suitable for electrostatic-sensitive areas?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is fitted with ESD-adapted shelves designed specifically for static-controlled manufacturing and electronics assembly environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt measures 1790 mm in length, 650 mm in width, and 1025 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59247973499254,"sku":"KM9000-2XL-ESD","price":784.84,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_d8977e3e-6fbc-442b-b5a8-dd7d563fc218.jpg?v=1793822334"},{"product_id":"2-tier-steel-shelf-trolley-250kg-capacity-900-x-440mm-reversible-shelves-black","title":"2 Tier Steel Shelf Trolley 250kg Capacity, 900 x 440mm Reversible Shelves - Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur 2 Tier Steel Shelf Trolley provides a durable and versatile mobile handling solution suitable for warehouses, workshops, stockrooms, and commercial environments. Manufactured from robust sheet metal with a sleek black finish, this multi-purpose cart supports loads of up to 250kg. The dual shelves offer flexible assembly and can be mounted with the retaining rim facing up to secure cargo during transit, or facing down to provide a completely flush surface for smooth sliding and loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 1080mm (L) x 480mm (W) x 940mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf platform size: 900mm x 440mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight to upper shelf: 760mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance between shelves: 530mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum static load capacity: 250kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile dual-position shelves: mount rim up or flat rim down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 4 x 125mm non-marking thermo-rubber swivel wheels (2 braked)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable powder-coated sheet steel construction in black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet unit weight: 21.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for straightforward self-assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59248256123254,"sku":"KM8105B","price":208.44,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_10a5605b-b7fa-43d3-9d71-6b7c713ecfdc.jpg?v=1793827005"}],"url":"https:\/\/ab-handling.de\/collections\/small-parts-storage-systems-mobile-storage-units-container-parts-trolleys-order-picking-shelf-trolleys-2-shelf-trolleys.oembed?page=2","provider":"AB Handling \u0026 Packaging","version":"1.0","type":"link"}